Andrew Davies | 0fd0e2b | 2015-08-13 13:11:37 -0700 | [diff] [blame^] | 1 | /* Target hook definitions. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it |
| 5 | under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the |
| 6 | Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any |
| 7 | later version. |
| 8 | |
| 9 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 10 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 11 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 12 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 13 | |
| 14 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 15 | along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see |
| 16 | <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. |
| 19 | You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve |
| 20 | what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be |
| 23 | provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */ |
| 24 | #include "target-hooks-macros.h" |
| 25 | |
| 26 | #undef HOOK_TYPE |
| 27 | #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook" |
| 28 | |
| 29 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target) |
| 30 | |
| 31 | /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */ |
| 32 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_" |
| 33 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out) |
| 34 | |
| 35 | /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */ |
| 36 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 37 | (open_paren, |
| 38 | "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\ |
| 39 | assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\ |
| 40 | default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.", |
| 41 | const char *, "(") |
| 42 | DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")") |
| 43 | |
| 44 | /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */ |
| 45 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 46 | (byte_op, |
| 47 | "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\ |
| 48 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\ |
| 49 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\ |
| 50 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\ |
| 51 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\ |
| 52 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\ |
| 53 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\ |
| 54 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\ |
| 55 | These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\ |
| 56 | of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\ |
| 57 | byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\ |
| 58 | aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\ |
| 59 | @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\ |
| 60 | \n\ |
| 61 | The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\ |
| 62 | followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\ |
| 63 | the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.", |
| 64 | const char *, "\t.byte\t") |
| 65 | DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP) |
| 66 | DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP) |
| 67 | |
| 68 | /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying |
| 69 | LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */ |
| 70 | DEFHOOK |
| 71 | (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip, |
| 72 | "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\ |
| 73 | @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\ |
| 74 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.", |
| 75 | int, (rtx label), |
| 76 | default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip) |
| 77 | |
| 78 | /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying |
| 79 | LOOP_ALIGN. */ |
| 80 | DEFHOOK |
| 81 | (loop_align_max_skip, |
| 82 | "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\ |
| 83 | @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\ |
| 84 | defined.", |
| 85 | int, (rtx label), |
| 86 | default_loop_align_max_skip) |
| 87 | |
| 88 | /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying |
| 89 | LABEL_ALIGN. */ |
| 90 | DEFHOOK |
| 91 | (label_align_max_skip, |
| 92 | "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\ |
| 93 | to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\ |
| 94 | is defined.", |
| 95 | int, (rtx label), |
| 96 | default_label_align_max_skip) |
| 97 | |
| 98 | /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying |
| 99 | JUMP_ALIGN. */ |
| 100 | DEFHOOK |
| 101 | (jump_align_max_skip, |
| 102 | "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\ |
| 103 | @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\ |
| 104 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.", |
| 105 | int, (rtx label), |
| 106 | default_jump_align_max_skip) |
| 107 | |
| 108 | /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose |
| 109 | value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and |
| 110 | ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if |
| 111 | successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP |
| 112 | and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */ |
| 113 | DEFHOOK |
| 114 | (integer, |
| 115 | "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\ |
| 116 | integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\ |
| 117 | in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\ |
| 118 | function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\ |
| 119 | object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\ |
| 120 | split the object into smaller parts.\n\ |
| 121 | \n\ |
| 122 | The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\ |
| 123 | @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\ |
| 124 | when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.", |
| 125 | /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are |
| 126 | NULL. */ |
| 127 | bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p), |
| 128 | default_assemble_integer) |
| 129 | |
| 130 | /* Output code that will globalize a label. */ |
| 131 | DEFHOOK |
| 132 | (globalize_label, |
| 133 | "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ |
| 134 | @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\ |
| 135 | that is, available for reference from other files.\n\ |
| 136 | \n\ |
| 137 | The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\ |
| 138 | @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.", |
| 139 | void, (FILE *stream, const char *name), |
| 140 | default_globalize_label) |
| 141 | |
| 142 | /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */ |
| 143 | DEFHOOK |
| 144 | (globalize_decl_name, |
| 145 | "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ |
| 146 | @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\ |
| 147 | global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\ |
| 148 | \n\ |
| 149 | The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.", |
| 150 | void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name) |
| 151 | |
| 152 | /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this |
| 153 | target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the |
| 154 | unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if |
| 155 | this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if |
| 156 | this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */ |
| 157 | DEFHOOK |
| 158 | (emit_unwind_label, |
| 159 | "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\ |
| 160 | should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\ |
| 161 | should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\ |
| 162 | function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\ |
| 163 | The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\ |
| 164 | exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\ |
| 165 | true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\ |
| 166 | \n\ |
| 167 | The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.", |
| 168 | void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty), |
| 169 | default_emit_unwind_label) |
| 170 | |
| 171 | /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */ |
| 172 | DEFHOOK |
| 173 | (emit_except_table_label, |
| 174 | "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\ |
| 175 | It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\ |
| 176 | to be broken up according to function.\n\ |
| 177 | \n\ |
| 178 | The default is that no label is emitted.", |
| 179 | void, (FILE *stream), |
| 180 | default_emit_except_table_label) |
| 181 | |
| 182 | /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */ |
| 183 | DEFHOOK |
| 184 | (emit_except_personality, |
| 185 | "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\ |
| 186 | used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\ |
| 187 | info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.", |
| 188 | void, (rtx personality), |
| 189 | NULL) |
| 190 | |
| 191 | /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */ |
| 192 | DEFHOOK |
| 193 | (unwind_emit, |
| 194 | "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\ |
| 195 | given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\ |
| 196 | returns @code{UI_TARGET}.", |
| 197 | void, (FILE *stream, rtx insn), |
| 198 | NULL) |
| 199 | |
| 200 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 201 | (unwind_emit_before_insn, |
| 202 | "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\ |
| 203 | the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\ |
| 204 | be called afterward.", |
| 205 | bool, true) |
| 206 | |
| 207 | /* Generate an internal label. |
| 208 | For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */ |
| 209 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 210 | (generate_internal_label, |
| 211 | "", |
| 212 | void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno), |
| 213 | default_generate_internal_label) |
| 214 | |
| 215 | /* Output an internal label. */ |
| 216 | DEFHOOK |
| 217 | (internal_label, |
| 218 | "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\ |
| 219 | name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\ |
| 220 | \n\ |
| 221 | It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\ |
| 222 | used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\ |
| 223 | will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\ |
| 224 | \n\ |
| 225 | It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\ |
| 226 | object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\ |
| 227 | should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\ |
| 228 | beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\ |
| 229 | convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\ |
| 230 | \n\ |
| 231 | The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.", |
| 232 | void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno), |
| 233 | default_internal_label) |
| 234 | |
| 235 | /* Output label for the constant. */ |
| 236 | DEFHOOK |
| 237 | (declare_constant_name, |
| 238 | "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\ |
| 239 | for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\ |
| 240 | target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\ |
| 241 | @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\ |
| 242 | and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\ |
| 243 | will be an internal label.\n\ |
| 244 | \n\ |
| 245 | The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\ |
| 246 | usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\ |
| 247 | \n\ |
| 248 | You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.", |
| 249 | void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size), |
| 250 | default_asm_declare_constant_name) |
| 251 | |
| 252 | /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */ |
| 253 | DEFHOOK |
| 254 | (ttype, |
| 255 | "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\ |
| 256 | the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\ |
| 257 | if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\ |
| 258 | reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.", |
| 259 | bool, (rtx sym), |
| 260 | hook_bool_rtx_false) |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol |
| 263 | associated with the tree decl. */ |
| 264 | DEFHOOK |
| 265 | (assemble_visibility, |
| 266 | "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\ |
| 267 | commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\ |
| 268 | hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.", |
| 269 | void, (tree decl, int visibility), |
| 270 | default_assemble_visibility) |
| 271 | |
| 272 | /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */ |
| 273 | DEFHOOK |
| 274 | (function_prologue, |
| 275 | "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\ |
| 276 | function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\ |
| 277 | initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\ |
| 278 | saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\ |
| 279 | local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\ |
| 280 | stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\ |
| 281 | \n\ |
| 282 | The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\ |
| 283 | macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\ |
| 284 | \n\ |
| 285 | @findex regs_ever_live\n\ |
| 286 | To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\ |
| 287 | @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\ |
| 288 | @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\ |
| 289 | prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\ |
| 290 | call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\ |
| 291 | @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\ |
| 292 | \n\ |
| 293 | On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\ |
| 294 | not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\ |
| 295 | they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\ |
| 296 | appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\ |
| 297 | registers are used in the function.\n\ |
| 298 | \n\ |
| 299 | @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\ |
| 300 | On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\ |
| 301 | function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\ |
| 302 | pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\ |
| 303 | frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\ |
| 304 | @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\ |
| 305 | time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\ |
| 306 | \n\ |
| 307 | The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\ |
| 308 | required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\ |
| 309 | listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\ |
| 310 | order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\ |
| 311 | stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\ |
| 312 | the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\ |
| 313 | for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\ |
| 314 | compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\ |
| 315 | or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\ |
| 316 | need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.", |
| 317 | void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size), |
| 318 | default_function_pro_epilogue) |
| 319 | |
| 320 | /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */ |
| 321 | DEFHOOK |
| 322 | (function_end_prologue, |
| 323 | "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\ |
| 324 | prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\ |
| 325 | emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\ |
| 326 | emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.", |
| 327 | void, (FILE *file), |
| 328 | no_asm_to_stream) |
| 329 | |
| 330 | /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */ |
| 331 | DEFHOOK |
| 332 | (function_begin_epilogue, |
| 333 | "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\ |
| 334 | epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\ |
| 335 | emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\ |
| 336 | emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.", |
| 337 | void, (FILE *file), |
| 338 | no_asm_to_stream) |
| 339 | |
| 340 | /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */ |
| 341 | DEFHOOK |
| 342 | (function_epilogue, |
| 343 | "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\ |
| 344 | function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\ |
| 345 | registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\ |
| 346 | called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\ |
| 347 | same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\ |
| 348 | registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\ |
| 349 | @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\ |
| 350 | \n\ |
| 351 | On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\ |
| 352 | of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\ |
| 353 | instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\ |
| 354 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\ |
| 355 | \n\ |
| 356 | Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\ |
| 357 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\ |
| 358 | switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\ |
| 359 | define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\ |
| 360 | target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\ |
| 361 | condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\ |
| 362 | \n\ |
| 363 | On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\ |
| 364 | function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\ |
| 365 | two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\ |
| 366 | is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\ |
| 367 | @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\ |
| 368 | a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\ |
| 369 | \n\ |
| 370 | Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\ |
| 371 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\ |
| 372 | The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\ |
| 373 | function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\ |
| 374 | \n\ |
| 375 | On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\ |
| 376 | others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\ |
| 377 | given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\ |
| 378 | number of arguments.\n\ |
| 379 | \n\ |
| 380 | @findex pops_args\n\ |
| 381 | @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\ |
| 382 | Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\ |
| 383 | functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\ |
| 384 | needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\ |
| 385 | function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\ |
| 386 | @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.", |
| 387 | void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size), |
| 388 | default_function_pro_epilogue) |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* Initialize target-specific sections. */ |
| 391 | DEFHOOK |
| 392 | (init_sections, |
| 393 | "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\ |
| 394 | @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\ |
| 395 | of its own that you need to create.\n\ |
| 396 | \n\ |
| 397 | GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\ |
| 398 | any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\ |
| 399 | described below.", |
| 400 | void, (void), |
| 401 | hook_void_void) |
| 402 | |
| 403 | /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS. |
| 404 | If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with |
| 405 | which this section is associated. */ |
| 406 | DEFHOOK |
| 407 | (named_section, |
| 408 | "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\ |
| 409 | should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\ |
| 410 | of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\ |
| 411 | is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\ |
| 412 | this section is associated.", |
| 413 | void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl), |
| 414 | default_no_named_section) |
| 415 | |
| 416 | /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL. |
| 417 | Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot |
| 418 | functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only |
| 419 | at startup (from static constructors or it is main()). |
| 420 | EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit |
| 421 | (from static destructors). |
| 422 | Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */ |
| 423 | DEFHOOK |
| 424 | (function_section, |
| 425 | "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\ |
| 426 | Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\ |
| 427 | functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\ |
| 428 | at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\ |
| 429 | @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\ |
| 430 | (from static destructors).\n\ |
| 431 | Return NULL if function should go to default text section.", |
| 432 | section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit), |
| 433 | default_function_section) |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */ |
| 436 | DEFHOOK |
| 437 | (function_switched_text_sections, |
| 438 | "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\ |
| 439 | labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\ |
| 440 | sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\ |
| 441 | decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\ |
| 442 | @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.", |
| 443 | void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold), |
| 444 | default_function_switched_text_sections) |
| 445 | |
| 446 | /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when |
| 447 | selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations |
| 448 | should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if |
| 449 | local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */ |
| 450 | DEFHOOK |
| 451 | (reloc_rw_mask, |
| 452 | "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\ |
| 453 | selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\ |
| 454 | should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\ |
| 455 | local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\ |
| 456 | \n\ |
| 457 | The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\ |
| 458 | is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\ |
| 459 | when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\ |
| 460 | in read-only sections even in executables.", |
| 461 | int, (void), |
| 462 | default_reloc_rw_mask) |
| 463 | |
| 464 | /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC |
| 465 | is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be |
| 466 | set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution. |
| 467 | ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */ |
| 468 | DEFHOOK |
| 469 | (select_section, |
| 470 | "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\ |
| 471 | assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\ |
| 472 | some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\ |
| 473 | requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\ |
| 474 | local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\ |
| 475 | @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\ |
| 476 | \n\ |
| 477 | The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\ |
| 478 | variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\ |
| 479 | \n\ |
| 480 | See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.", |
| 481 | section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align), |
| 482 | default_select_section) |
| 483 | |
| 484 | /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its |
| 485 | alignment in bits. */ |
| 486 | DEFHOOK |
| 487 | (select_rtx_section, |
| 488 | "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\ |
| 489 | should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\ |
| 490 | constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\ |
| 491 | case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\ |
| 492 | in bits.\n\ |
| 493 | \n\ |
| 494 | The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\ |
| 495 | constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\ |
| 496 | else in @code{readonly_data_section}.", |
| 497 | section *, (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align), |
| 498 | default_select_rtx_section) |
| 499 | |
| 500 | /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as |
| 501 | for SELECT_SECTION. */ |
| 502 | DEFHOOK |
| 503 | (unique_section, |
| 504 | "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\ |
| 505 | and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\ |
| 506 | As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\ |
| 507 | the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\ |
| 508 | \n\ |
| 509 | The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\ |
| 510 | ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\ |
| 511 | example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\ |
| 512 | Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.", |
| 513 | void, (tree decl, int reloc), |
| 514 | default_unique_section) |
| 515 | |
| 516 | /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */ |
| 517 | DEFHOOK |
| 518 | (function_rodata_section, |
| 519 | "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\ |
| 520 | @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\ |
| 521 | The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\ |
| 522 | the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\ |
| 523 | if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\ |
| 524 | otherwise.", |
| 525 | section *, (tree decl), |
| 526 | default_function_rodata_section) |
| 527 | |
| 528 | /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix |
| 529 | for mergeable data sections. */ |
| 530 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 531 | (mergeable_rodata_prefix, |
| 532 | "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\ |
| 533 | section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\ |
| 534 | the string if a different section name should be used.", |
| 535 | const char *, ".rodata") |
| 536 | |
| 537 | /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */ |
| 538 | DEFHOOK |
| 539 | (tm_clone_table_section, |
| 540 | "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\ |
| 541 | tables.", |
| 542 | section *, (void), default_clone_table_section) |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */ |
| 545 | DEFHOOK |
| 546 | (constructor, |
| 547 | "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\ |
| 548 | the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\ |
| 549 | \n\ |
| 550 | Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\ |
| 551 | no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\ |
| 552 | priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\ |
| 553 | otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\ |
| 554 | \n\ |
| 555 | If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\ |
| 556 | be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\ |
| 557 | target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\ |
| 558 | is not defined.", |
| 559 | void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL) |
| 560 | |
| 561 | /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */ |
| 562 | DEFHOOK |
| 563 | (destructor, |
| 564 | "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\ |
| 565 | functions rather than initialization functions.", |
| 566 | void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL) |
| 567 | |
| 568 | /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the |
| 569 | declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for |
| 570 | the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be |
| 571 | added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at |
| 572 | *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */ |
| 573 | DEFHOOK |
| 574 | (output_mi_thunk, |
| 575 | "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\ |
| 576 | function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\ |
| 577 | inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\ |
| 578 | adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\ |
| 579 | the real function.\n\ |
| 580 | \n\ |
| 581 | First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\ |
| 582 | contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\ |
| 583 | contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\ |
| 584 | in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\ |
| 585 | e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\ |
| 586 | all other incoming arguments.\n\ |
| 587 | \n\ |
| 588 | Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\ |
| 589 | made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\ |
| 590 | adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\ |
| 591 | \n\ |
| 592 | @smallexample\n\ |
| 593 | p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\ |
| 594 | @end smallexample\n\ |
| 595 | \n\ |
| 596 | After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\ |
| 597 | @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\ |
| 598 | not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\ |
| 599 | return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\ |
| 600 | \n\ |
| 601 | The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\ |
| 602 | the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\ |
| 603 | of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\ |
| 604 | and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\ |
| 605 | \n\ |
| 606 | The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\ |
| 607 | have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\ |
| 608 | some targets, but probably not.\n\ |
| 609 | \n\ |
| 610 | If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\ |
| 611 | front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\ |
| 612 | @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\ |
| 613 | not support varargs.", |
| 614 | void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, |
| 615 | HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function), |
| 616 | NULL) |
| 617 | |
| 618 | /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */ |
| 619 | /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure |
| 620 | would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's |
| 621 | too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk. |
| 622 | Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of |
| 623 | text to the output file. */ |
| 624 | DEFHOOK |
| 625 | (can_output_mi_thunk, |
| 626 | "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\ |
| 627 | to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\ |
| 628 | arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\ |
| 629 | generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\ |
| 630 | previously exposed.", |
| 631 | bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, |
| 632 | HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function), |
| 633 | hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false) |
| 634 | |
| 635 | /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a |
| 636 | translation unit. */ |
| 637 | DEFHOOK |
| 638 | (file_start, |
| 639 | "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\ |
| 640 | find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\ |
| 641 | by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\ |
| 642 | quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\ |
| 643 | @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\ |
| 644 | lets other target files rely on these variables.", |
| 645 | void, (void), |
| 646 | default_file_start) |
| 647 | |
| 648 | /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */ |
| 649 | DEFHOOK |
| 650 | (file_end, |
| 651 | "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ |
| 652 | to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.", |
| 653 | void, (void), |
| 654 | hook_void_void) |
| 655 | |
| 656 | /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an |
| 657 | LTO output stream. */ |
| 658 | DEFHOOK |
| 659 | (lto_start, |
| 660 | "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ |
| 661 | to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\ |
| 662 | nothing.", |
| 663 | void, (void), |
| 664 | hook_void_void) |
| 665 | |
| 666 | /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an |
| 667 | LTO output stream. */ |
| 668 | DEFHOOK |
| 669 | (lto_end, |
| 670 | "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ |
| 671 | to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\ |
| 672 | nothing.", |
| 673 | void, (void), |
| 674 | hook_void_void) |
| 675 | |
| 676 | /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a |
| 677 | translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */ |
| 678 | DEFHOOK |
| 679 | (code_end, |
| 680 | "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\ |
| 681 | unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\ |
| 682 | here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\ |
| 683 | because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\ |
| 684 | nothing.", |
| 685 | void, (void), |
| 686 | hook_void_void) |
| 687 | |
| 688 | /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name |
| 689 | external. */ |
| 690 | DEFHOOK |
| 691 | (external_libcall, |
| 692 | "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\ |
| 693 | pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\ |
| 694 | library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.", |
| 695 | void, (rtx symref), |
| 696 | default_external_libcall) |
| 697 | |
| 698 | /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs |
| 699 | linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */ |
| 700 | DEFHOOK |
| 701 | (mark_decl_preserved, |
| 702 | "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\ |
| 703 | directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\ |
| 704 | .no_dead_code_strip directive.", |
| 705 | void, (const char *symbol), |
| 706 | hook_void_constcharptr) |
| 707 | |
| 708 | /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */ |
| 709 | DEFHOOK |
| 710 | (record_gcc_switches, |
| 711 | "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\ |
| 712 | switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\ |
| 713 | enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\ |
| 714 | It can take the following values:\n\ |
| 715 | \n\ |
| 716 | @table @gcctabopt\n\ |
| 717 | @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\ |
| 718 | @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\ |
| 719 | \n\ |
| 720 | @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\ |
| 721 | @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\ |
| 722 | direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\ |
| 723 | default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\ |
| 724 | command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\ |
| 725 | various different individual optimization passes.\n\ |
| 726 | \n\ |
| 727 | @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\ |
| 728 | @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\ |
| 729 | ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\ |
| 730 | target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\ |
| 731 | time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\ |
| 732 | warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\ |
| 733 | wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\ |
| 734 | necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\ |
| 735 | perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\ |
| 736 | switches.\n\ |
| 737 | \n\ |
| 738 | @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\ |
| 739 | This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\ |
| 740 | \n\ |
| 741 | @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\ |
| 742 | This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\ |
| 743 | @end table\n\ |
| 744 | \n\ |
| 745 | The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\ |
| 746 | supported in the future.\n\ |
| 747 | \n\ |
| 748 | By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\ |
| 749 | provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\ |
| 750 | it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\ |
| 751 | section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\ |
| 752 | provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\ |
| 753 | hook.", |
| 754 | int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text), |
| 755 | NULL) |
| 756 | |
| 757 | /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of |
| 758 | record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target |
| 759 | specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use |
| 760 | this information. */ |
| 761 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 762 | (record_gcc_switches_section, |
| 763 | "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\ |
| 764 | ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\ |
| 765 | hook.", |
| 766 | const char *, ".GCC.command.line") |
| 767 | |
| 768 | /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */ |
| 769 | DEFHOOK |
| 770 | (output_anchor, |
| 771 | "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\ |
| 772 | @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\ |
| 773 | The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\ |
| 774 | of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\ |
| 775 | \n\ |
| 776 | If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\ |
| 777 | it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\ |
| 778 | If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\ |
| 779 | is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.", |
| 780 | void, (rtx x), |
| 781 | default_asm_output_anchor) |
| 782 | |
| 783 | DEFHOOK |
| 784 | (output_ident, |
| 785 | "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \ |
| 786 | directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \ |
| 787 | If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \ |
| 788 | directive.", |
| 789 | void, (const char *name), |
| 790 | hook_void_constcharptr) |
| 791 | |
| 792 | /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */ |
| 793 | DEFHOOK |
| 794 | (output_dwarf_dtprel, |
| 795 | "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\ |
| 796 | reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.", |
| 797 | void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x), |
| 798 | NULL) |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */ |
| 801 | DEFHOOK |
| 802 | (final_postscan_insn, |
| 803 | "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\ |
| 804 | output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\ |
| 805 | if necessary.\n\ |
| 806 | \n\ |
| 807 | Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\ |
| 808 | extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\ |
| 809 | elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\ |
| 810 | The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\ |
| 811 | template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\ |
| 812 | by checking the contents of the vector.", |
| 813 | void, (FILE *file, rtx insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands), |
| 814 | NULL) |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */ |
| 817 | DEFHOOK |
| 818 | (trampoline_template, |
| 819 | "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\ |
| 820 | on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\ |
| 821 | the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\ |
| 822 | label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\ |
| 823 | \n\ |
| 824 | If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\ |
| 825 | for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\ |
| 826 | code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\ |
| 827 | to generate it on the spot.", |
| 828 | void, (FILE *f), |
| 829 | NULL) |
| 830 | |
| 831 | DEFHOOK |
| 832 | (output_source_filename, |
| 833 | "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\ |
| 834 | that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\ |
| 835 | stream @var{file}.\n\ |
| 836 | \n\ |
| 837 | This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\ |
| 838 | for the file format in use is appropriate.", |
| 839 | void ,(FILE *file, const char *name), |
| 840 | default_asm_output_source_filename) |
| 841 | |
| 842 | DEFHOOK |
| 843 | (output_addr_const_extra, |
| 844 | "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\ |
| 845 | can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\ |
| 846 | the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\ |
| 847 | @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\ |
| 848 | \n\ |
| 849 | If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\ |
| 850 | so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\ |
| 851 | itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\ |
| 852 | return @code{true}.", |
| 853 | bool, (FILE *file, rtx x), |
| 854 | hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false) |
| 855 | |
| 856 | /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct, |
| 857 | even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their |
| 858 | initializers. */ |
| 859 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 860 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" |
| 861 | |
| 862 | /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */ |
| 863 | /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND, |
| 864 | not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */ |
| 865 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 866 | (print_operand, |
| 867 | "", |
| 868 | void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code), |
| 869 | default_print_operand) |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */ |
| 872 | /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS, |
| 873 | not this hook, and uses different argument names. */ |
| 874 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 875 | (print_operand_address, |
| 876 | "", |
| 877 | void, (FILE *file, rtx addr), |
| 878 | default_print_operand_address) |
| 879 | |
| 880 | /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the |
| 881 | `print_operand' hook. */ |
| 882 | /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P, |
| 883 | not this hook. */ |
| 884 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 885 | (print_operand_punct_valid_p, |
| 886 | "", |
| 887 | bool ,(unsigned char code), |
| 888 | default_print_operand_punct_valid_p) |
| 889 | |
| 890 | /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and |
| 891 | ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */ |
| 892 | DEFHOOK |
| 893 | (mangle_assembler_name, |
| 894 | "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\ |
| 895 | @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\ |
| 896 | result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\ |
| 897 | default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\ |
| 898 | then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.", |
| 899 | tree, (const char *name), |
| 900 | default_mangle_assembler_name) |
| 901 | |
| 902 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out) |
| 903 | |
| 904 | /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these |
| 905 | default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */ |
| 906 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 907 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_" |
| 908 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched) |
| 909 | |
| 910 | /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and |
| 911 | return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through |
| 912 | the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */ |
| 913 | DEFHOOK |
| 914 | (adjust_cost, |
| 915 | "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\ |
| 916 | relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\ |
| 917 | dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default\n\ |
| 918 | is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example\n\ |
| 919 | to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\ |
| 920 | that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\ |
| 921 | data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\ |
| 922 | description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\ |
| 923 | output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\ |
| 924 | times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\ |
| 925 | acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\ |
| 926 | @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.", |
| 927 | int, (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep_insn, int cost), NULL) |
| 928 | |
| 929 | /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */ |
| 930 | DEFHOOK |
| 931 | (adjust_priority, |
| 932 | "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\ |
| 933 | @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\ |
| 934 | execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\ |
| 935 | later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\ |
| 936 | scheduling priorities of insns.", |
| 937 | int, (rtx insn, int priority), NULL) |
| 938 | |
| 939 | /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be |
| 940 | scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant |
| 941 | over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */ |
| 942 | DEFHOOK |
| 943 | (issue_rate, |
| 944 | "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\ |
| 945 | issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\ |
| 946 | Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\ |
| 947 | an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\ |
| 948 | constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\ |
| 949 | hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\ |
| 950 | This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\ |
| 951 | it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\ |
| 952 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.", |
| 953 | int, (void), NULL) |
| 954 | |
| 955 | /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we |
| 956 | can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */ |
| 957 | DEFHOOK |
| 958 | (variable_issue, |
| 959 | "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\ |
| 960 | from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\ |
| 961 | still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\ |
| 962 | @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\ |
| 963 | @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\ |
| 964 | You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\ |
| 965 | than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\ |
| 966 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\ |
| 967 | debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ |
| 968 | @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\ |
| 969 | was scheduled.", |
| 970 | int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx insn, int more), NULL) |
| 971 | |
| 972 | /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */ |
| 973 | DEFHOOK |
| 974 | (init, |
| 975 | "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\ |
| 976 | instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\ |
| 977 | pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\ |
| 978 | is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\ |
| 979 | @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\ |
| 980 | region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\ |
| 981 | scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.", |
| 982 | void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL) |
| 983 | |
| 984 | /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */ |
| 985 | DEFHOOK |
| 986 | (finish, |
| 987 | "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\ |
| 988 | instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\ |
| 989 | cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\ |
| 990 | is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\ |
| 991 | to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ |
| 992 | @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.", |
| 993 | void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL) |
| 994 | |
| 995 | /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */ |
| 996 | DEFHOOK |
| 997 | (init_global, |
| 998 | "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\ |
| 999 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\ |
| 1000 | @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\ |
| 1001 | @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.", |
| 1002 | void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL) |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */ |
| 1005 | DEFHOOK |
| 1006 | (finish_global, |
| 1007 | "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\ |
| 1008 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\ |
| 1009 | @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.", |
| 1010 | void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL) |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different |
| 1013 | places. Default does nothing. */ |
| 1014 | DEFHOOK |
| 1015 | (reorder, |
| 1016 | "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\ |
| 1017 | list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\ |
| 1018 | combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\ |
| 1019 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\ |
| 1020 | debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ |
| 1021 | @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\ |
| 1022 | list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\ |
| 1023 | a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\ |
| 1024 | reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\ |
| 1025 | @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\ |
| 1026 | is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\ |
| 1027 | the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\ |
| 1028 | can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\ |
| 1029 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.", |
| 1030 | int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx *ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL) |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | DEFHOOK |
| 1033 | (reorder2, |
| 1034 | "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\ |
| 1035 | function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\ |
| 1036 | is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\ |
| 1037 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\ |
| 1038 | return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\ |
| 1039 | this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\ |
| 1040 | scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\ |
| 1041 | cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.", |
| 1042 | int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx *ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL) |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | DEFHOOK |
| 1045 | (macro_fusion_p, |
| 1046 | "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.", |
| 1047 | bool, (void), NULL) |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | DEFHOOK |
| 1050 | (macro_fusion_pair_p, |
| 1051 | "This hook is used to check whether two insns could be macro fused for\n\ |
| 1052 | target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\ |
| 1053 | (@var{condgen} and @var{condjmp}), scheduler will put them into a sched\n\ |
| 1054 | group, and they will not be scheduled apart.", |
| 1055 | bool, (rtx condgen, rtx condjmp), NULL) |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called |
| 1058 | after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given |
| 1059 | by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */ |
| 1060 | DEFHOOK |
| 1061 | (dependencies_evaluation_hook, |
| 1062 | "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\ |
| 1063 | chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\ |
| 1064 | correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\ |
| 1065 | example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\ |
| 1066 | analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\ |
| 1067 | dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\ |
| 1068 | calculated.", |
| 1069 | void, (rtx head, rtx tail), NULL) |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions |
| 1072 | used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and |
| 1073 | dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to |
| 1074 | change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated |
| 1075 | processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function |
| 1076 | defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are |
| 1077 | used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of |
| 1078 | the members result in not changing the automaton state when the |
| 1079 | new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */ |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | DEFHOOK |
| 1082 | (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn, |
| 1083 | "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.", |
| 1084 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | DEFHOOK |
| 1087 | (dfa_pre_cycle_insn, |
| 1088 | "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\ |
| 1089 | pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\ |
| 1090 | when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\ |
| 1091 | simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\ |
| 1092 | processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\ |
| 1093 | based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\ |
| 1094 | when the new simulated processor cycle starts.", |
| 1095 | rtx, (void), NULL) |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | DEFHOOK |
| 1098 | (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn, |
| 1099 | "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\ |
| 1100 | used to initialize data used by the previous hook.", |
| 1101 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | DEFHOOK |
| 1104 | (dfa_post_cycle_insn, |
| 1105 | "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ |
| 1106 | to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\ |
| 1107 | simulated processor cycle finishes.", |
| 1108 | rtx, (void), NULL) |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | /* The values of the following two members are pointers to |
| 1111 | functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions. |
| 1112 | dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called |
| 1113 | immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */ |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | DEFHOOK |
| 1116 | (dfa_pre_advance_cycle, |
| 1117 | "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\ |
| 1118 | The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ |
| 1119 | to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\ |
| 1120 | state on a single insn is not enough.", |
| 1121 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | DEFHOOK |
| 1124 | (dfa_post_advance_cycle, |
| 1125 | "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\ |
| 1126 | The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ |
| 1127 | to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\ |
| 1128 | state on a single insn is not enough.", |
| 1129 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value |
| 1132 | which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for |
| 1133 | multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the |
| 1134 | function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make |
| 1135 | multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will |
| 1136 | try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of |
| 1137 | insns on the same cycle. */ |
| 1138 | DEFHOOK |
| 1139 | (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead, |
| 1140 | "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\ |
| 1141 | for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\ |
| 1142 | chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\ |
| 1143 | value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\ |
| 1144 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\ |
| 1145 | subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\ |
| 1146 | maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\ |
| 1147 | @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\ |
| 1148 | packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\ |
| 1149 | rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\ |
| 1150 | \n\ |
| 1151 | This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\ |
| 1152 | processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\ |
| 1153 | with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\ |
| 1154 | @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\ |
| 1155 | @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\ |
| 1156 | processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\ |
| 1157 | @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\ |
| 1158 | until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\ |
| 1159 | the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\ |
| 1160 | \n\ |
| 1161 | Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\ |
| 1162 | pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\ |
| 1163 | schedules to choose the best one.\n\ |
| 1164 | \n\ |
| 1165 | The default is no multipass scheduling.", |
| 1166 | int, (void), NULL) |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling |
| 1169 | what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the |
| 1170 | multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn |
| 1171 | passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */ |
| 1172 | DEFHOOK |
| 1173 | (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard, |
| 1174 | "\n\ |
| 1175 | This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\ |
| 1176 | considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\ |
| 1177 | zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be not chosen to\n\ |
| 1178 | be issued.\n\ |
| 1179 | \n\ |
| 1180 | The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.", |
| 1181 | int, (rtx insn), NULL) |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass |
| 1184 | scheduling. |
| 1185 | DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling. |
| 1186 | READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the |
| 1187 | optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that |
| 1188 | should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding |
| 1189 | elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. |
| 1190 | FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass |
| 1191 | scheduling on current cycle. */ |
| 1192 | DEFHOOK |
| 1193 | (first_cycle_multipass_begin, |
| 1194 | "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\ |
| 1195 | scheduling.", |
| 1196 | void, (void *data, char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p), |
| 1197 | NULL) |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN. |
| 1200 | DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects |
| 1201 | of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA. |
| 1202 | READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the |
| 1203 | optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that |
| 1204 | should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding |
| 1205 | elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. |
| 1206 | INSN is the instruction being evaluated. |
| 1207 | PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding |
| 1208 | to a state before issuing INSN. */ |
| 1209 | DEFHOOK |
| 1210 | (first_cycle_multipass_issue, |
| 1211 | "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.", |
| 1212 | void, (void *data, char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx insn, |
| 1213 | const void *prev_data), NULL) |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of |
| 1216 | instruction corresponding to DATA. |
| 1217 | DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects |
| 1218 | of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not |
| 1219 | described in DFA. |
| 1220 | READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the |
| 1221 | optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that |
| 1222 | should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding |
| 1223 | elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */ |
| 1224 | DEFHOOK |
| 1225 | (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack, |
| 1226 | "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\ |
| 1227 | an instruction.", |
| 1228 | void, (const void *data, char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL) |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current |
| 1231 | round of multipass scheduling. |
| 1232 | DATA is a pointer. |
| 1233 | If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass |
| 1234 | scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of |
| 1235 | the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find |
| 1236 | a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later, |
| 1237 | usually after advancing the cycle count. */ |
| 1238 | DEFHOOK |
| 1239 | (first_cycle_multipass_end, |
| 1240 | "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\ |
| 1241 | round of multipass scheduling.", |
| 1242 | void, (const void *data), NULL) |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass |
| 1245 | scheduling after it has been allocated. |
| 1246 | DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects |
| 1247 | of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not |
| 1248 | described in DFA. */ |
| 1249 | DEFHOOK |
| 1250 | (first_cycle_multipass_init, |
| 1251 | "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.", |
| 1252 | void, (void *data), NULL) |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass |
| 1255 | scheduling before it is deallocated. |
| 1256 | DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects |
| 1257 | of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not |
| 1258 | described in DFA. */ |
| 1259 | DEFHOOK |
| 1260 | (first_cycle_multipass_fini, |
| 1261 | "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.", |
| 1262 | void, (void *data), NULL) |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by |
| 1265 | the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third |
| 1266 | parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the |
| 1267 | insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that, |
| 1268 | the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through |
| 1269 | the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted |
| 1270 | on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes |
| 1271 | file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler |
| 1272 | verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth |
| 1273 | parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which |
| 1274 | the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */ |
| 1275 | DEFHOOK |
| 1276 | (dfa_new_cycle, |
| 1277 | "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\ |
| 1278 | on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\ |
| 1279 | @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\ |
| 1280 | the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\ |
| 1281 | is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\ |
| 1282 | start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\ |
| 1283 | verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\ |
| 1284 | @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\ |
| 1285 | processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\ |
| 1286 | and the current processor cycle.", |
| 1287 | int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx insn, int last_clock, |
| 1288 | int clock, int *sort_p), |
| 1289 | NULL) |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the |
| 1292 | insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence |
| 1293 | which is considered costly by the target, between the insn |
| 1294 | DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is |
| 1295 | the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The |
| 1296 | second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by |
| 1297 | the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles |
| 1298 | between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the |
| 1299 | second insn (second parameter). */ |
| 1300 | DEFHOOK |
| 1301 | (is_costly_dependence, |
| 1302 | "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\ |
| 1303 | the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\ |
| 1304 | are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\ |
| 1305 | to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\ |
| 1306 | being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\ |
| 1307 | dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\ |
| 1308 | parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\ |
| 1309 | The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\ |
| 1310 | insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\ |
| 1311 | and @code{false} otherwise.\n\ |
| 1312 | \n\ |
| 1313 | Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\ |
| 1314 | where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\ |
| 1315 | delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\ |
| 1316 | that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\ |
| 1317 | important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\ |
| 1318 | closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\ |
| 1319 | not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.", |
| 1320 | bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL) |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1323 | (adjust_cost_2, |
| 1324 | "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\ |
| 1325 | return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\ |
| 1326 | dependence of weakness @var{dw}. The default is to make no adjustment.", |
| 1327 | int, (rtx insn, int dep_type1, rtx dep_insn, int cost, unsigned int dw), NULL) |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called |
| 1330 | by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend |
| 1331 | that new instructions were emitted. */ |
| 1332 | DEFHOOK |
| 1333 | (h_i_d_extended, |
| 1334 | "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\ |
| 1335 | the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\ |
| 1336 | per instruction data structures.", |
| 1337 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */ |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */ |
| 1342 | DEFHOOK |
| 1343 | (alloc_sched_context, |
| 1344 | "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.", |
| 1345 | void *, (void), NULL) |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 | /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */ |
| 1348 | DEFHOOK |
| 1349 | (init_sched_context, |
| 1350 | "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\ |
| 1351 | It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\ |
| 1352 | beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.", |
| 1353 | void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL) |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */ |
| 1356 | DEFHOOK |
| 1357 | (set_sched_context, |
| 1358 | "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.", |
| 1359 | void, (void *tc), NULL) |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */ |
| 1362 | DEFHOOK |
| 1363 | (clear_sched_context, |
| 1364 | "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.", |
| 1365 | void, (void *tc), NULL) |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | /* Frees the scheduler context. */ |
| 1368 | DEFHOOK |
| 1369 | (free_sched_context, |
| 1370 | "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.", |
| 1371 | void, (void *tc), NULL) |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called |
| 1374 | by the insn scheduler. |
| 1375 | The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type |
| 1376 | of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the |
| 1377 | speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1). |
| 1378 | It should return |
| 1379 | -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type, |
| 1380 | 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type, |
| 1381 | 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly |
| 1382 | generated one. */ |
| 1383 | DEFHOOK |
| 1384 | (speculate_insn, |
| 1385 | "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\ |
| 1386 | speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\ |
| 1387 | The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\ |
| 1388 | version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\ |
| 1389 | pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\ |
| 1390 | or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\ |
| 1391 | speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\ |
| 1392 | the generated speculative pattern.", |
| 1393 | int, (rtx insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL) |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called |
| 1396 | by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction |
| 1397 | passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */ |
| 1398 | DEFHOOK |
| 1399 | (needs_block_p, |
| 1400 | "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\ |
| 1401 | for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\ |
| 1402 | instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.", |
| 1403 | bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL) |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called |
| 1406 | by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check |
| 1407 | instruction. |
| 1408 | The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter |
| 1409 | is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a |
| 1410 | simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that |
| 1411 | is being performed. */ |
| 1412 | DEFHOOK |
| 1413 | (gen_spec_check, |
| 1414 | "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\ |
| 1415 | check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\ |
| 1416 | speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\ |
| 1417 | @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\ |
| 1418 | be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\ |
| 1419 | recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\ |
| 1420 | a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\ |
| 1421 | @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.", |
| 1422 | rtx, (rtx insn, rtx label, unsigned int ds), NULL) |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function controlling |
| 1425 | what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the |
| 1426 | multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for the insn |
| 1427 | passed as the parameter, the insn will not be chosen to be |
| 1428 | issued. This hook is used to discard speculative instructions, |
| 1429 | that stand at the first position of the ready list. */ |
| 1430 | DEFHOOK |
| 1431 | (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard_spec, |
| 1432 | "This hook is used as a workaround for\n\ |
| 1433 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD} not being\n\ |
| 1434 | called on the first instruction of the ready list. The hook is used to\n\ |
| 1435 | discard speculative instructions that stand first in the ready list from\n\ |
| 1436 | being scheduled on the current cycle. If the hook returns @code{false},\n\ |
| 1437 | @var{insn} will not be chosen to be issued.\n\ |
| 1438 | For non-speculative instructions,\n\ |
| 1439 | the hook should always return @code{true}. For example, in the ia64 backend\n\ |
| 1440 | the hook is used to cancel data speculative insns when the ALAT table\n\ |
| 1441 | is nearly full.", |
| 1442 | bool, (const_rtx insn), NULL) |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides |
| 1445 | information about the speculation capabilities of the target. |
| 1446 | The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */ |
| 1447 | DEFHOOK |
| 1448 | (set_sched_flags, |
| 1449 | "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\ |
| 1450 | enabled/used.\n\ |
| 1451 | The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\ |
| 1452 | The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.", |
| 1453 | void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL) |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1456 | (get_insn_spec_ds, |
| 1457 | "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.", |
| 1458 | unsigned int, (rtx insn), NULL) |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1461 | (get_insn_checked_ds, |
| 1462 | "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}", |
| 1463 | unsigned int, (rtx insn), NULL) |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1466 | (skip_rtx_p, |
| 1467 | "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\ |
| 1468 | advance to the inner rtxes.", |
| 1469 | bool, (const_rtx x), NULL) |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides |
| 1472 | information about the target resource-based lower bound which is |
| 1473 | used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer |
| 1474 | to ddg variable. */ |
| 1475 | DEFHOOK |
| 1476 | (sms_res_mii, |
| 1477 | "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\ |
| 1478 | resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\ |
| 1479 | the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\ |
| 1480 | backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\ |
| 1481 | bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\ |
| 1482 | of instructions divided by the issue rate.", |
| 1483 | int, (struct ddg *g), NULL) |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch |
| 1486 | schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its |
| 1487 | parameters. */ |
| 1488 | DEFHOOK |
| 1489 | (dispatch_do, |
| 1490 | "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\ |
| 1491 | in its second parameter.", |
| 1492 | void, (rtx insn, int x), |
| 1493 | hook_void_rtx_int) |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is |
| 1496 | dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed |
| 1497 | as the second parameter is true. */ |
| 1498 | DEFHOOK |
| 1499 | (dispatch, |
| 1500 | "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\ |
| 1501 | is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.", |
| 1502 | bool, (rtx insn, int x), |
| 1503 | hook_bool_rtx_int_false) |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 1506 | (exposed_pipeline, |
| 1507 | "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\ |
| 1508 | the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\ |
| 1509 | also the latencies of operations.", |
| 1510 | bool, false) |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | /* The following member value is a function that returns number |
| 1513 | of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for |
| 1514 | statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */ |
| 1515 | DEFHOOK |
| 1516 | (reassociation_width, |
| 1517 | "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\ |
| 1518 | parallelism required in output calculations chain.", |
| 1519 | int, (unsigned int opc, enum machine_mode mode), |
| 1520 | hook_int_uint_mode_1) |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched) |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 | /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */ |
| 1525 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 1526 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_" |
| 1527 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone) |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | DEFHOOK |
| 1530 | (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen, |
| 1531 | "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\ |
| 1532 | fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\ |
| 1533 | @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\ |
| 1534 | The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\ |
| 1535 | or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.", |
| 1536 | int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL) |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | DEFHOOK |
| 1539 | (adjust, |
| 1540 | "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\ |
| 1541 | to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.", |
| 1542 | void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL) |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | DEFHOOK |
| 1545 | (usable, |
| 1546 | "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\ |
| 1547 | in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\ |
| 1548 | usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\ |
| 1549 | to use it.", |
| 1550 | int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL) |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone) |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | /* Functions relating to vectorization. */ |
| 1555 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 1556 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_" |
| 1557 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize) |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called |
| 1560 | by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin |
| 1561 | function. */ |
| 1562 | DEFHOOK |
| 1563 | (builtin_mask_for_load, |
| 1564 | "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\ |
| 1565 | address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\ |
| 1566 | used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\ |
| 1567 | @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\ |
| 1568 | \n\ |
| 1569 | The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\ |
| 1570 | @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\ |
| 1571 | the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\ |
| 1572 | @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\ |
| 1573 | two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\ |
| 1574 | @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\ |
| 1575 | the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\ |
| 1576 | from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\ |
| 1577 | @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\ |
| 1578 | @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\ |
| 1579 | @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\ |
| 1580 | \n\ |
| 1581 | If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\ |
| 1582 | to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\ |
| 1583 | use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\ |
| 1584 | @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\ |
| 1585 | should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\ |
| 1586 | described above.\n\ |
| 1587 | If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\ |
| 1588 | the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\ |
| 1589 | log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.", |
| 1590 | tree, (void), NULL) |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | /* Returns a code for builtin that realizes vectorized version of |
| 1593 | function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ |
| 1594 | DEFHOOK |
| 1595 | (builtin_vectorized_function, |
| 1596 | "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\ |
| 1597 | vectorized variant of the builtin function with builtin function code\n\ |
| 1598 | @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\ |
| 1599 | The value of @var{fndecl} is the builtin function declaration. The\n\ |
| 1600 | return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\ |
| 1601 | @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.", |
| 1602 | tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in), |
| 1603 | default_builtin_vectorized_function) |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the |
| 1606 | vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ |
| 1607 | DEFHOOK |
| 1608 | (builtin_conversion, |
| 1609 | "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\ |
| 1610 | input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\ |
| 1611 | The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\ |
| 1612 | specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\ |
| 1613 | (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\ |
| 1614 | \n\ |
| 1615 | If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\ |
| 1616 | @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\ |
| 1617 | conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.", |
| 1618 | tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type), |
| 1619 | default_builtin_vectorized_conversion) |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost |
| 1622 | model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends |
| 1623 | on the data type and misalignment value. */ |
| 1624 | DEFHOOK |
| 1625 | (builtin_vectorization_cost, |
| 1626 | "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\ |
| 1627 | For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\ |
| 1628 | misalignment value (@var{misalign}).", |
| 1629 | int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign), |
| 1630 | default_builtin_vectorization_cost) |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N |
| 1633 | iterations) for the given type. */ |
| 1634 | DEFHOOK |
| 1635 | (vector_alignment_reachable, |
| 1636 | "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.", |
| 1637 | bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed), |
| 1638 | default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable) |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid. |
| 1641 | A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */ |
| 1642 | DEFHOOK |
| 1643 | (vec_perm_const_ok, |
| 1644 | "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.", |
| 1645 | bool, (enum machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel), |
| 1646 | NULL) |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a |
| 1649 | specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter |
| 1650 | is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */ |
| 1651 | DEFHOOK |
| 1652 | (support_vector_misalignment, |
| 1653 | "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\ |
| 1654 | store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\ |
| 1655 | parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\ |
| 1656 | the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\ |
| 1657 | parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.", |
| 1658 | bool, |
| 1659 | (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed), |
| 1660 | default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment) |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | /* Return the builtin decl needed to load a vector of TYPE. */ |
| 1663 | DEFHOOK |
| 1664 | (builtin_tm_load, |
| 1665 | "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to load a vector of the " |
| 1666 | "given type within a transaction.", |
| 1667 | tree, |
| 1668 | (tree), |
| 1669 | default_builtin_tm_load_store) |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | /* Return the builtin decl needed to store a vector of TYPE. */ |
| 1672 | DEFHOOK |
| 1673 | (builtin_tm_store, |
| 1674 | "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to store a vector of the " |
| 1675 | "given type within a transaction.", |
| 1676 | tree, |
| 1677 | (tree), |
| 1678 | default_builtin_tm_load_store) |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified |
| 1681 | scalar mode. */ |
| 1682 | DEFHOOK |
| 1683 | (preferred_simd_mode, |
| 1684 | "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\ |
| 1685 | mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\ |
| 1686 | equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\ |
| 1687 | transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.", |
| 1688 | enum machine_mode, |
| 1689 | (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 1690 | default_preferred_simd_mode) |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing |
| 1693 | after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */ |
| 1694 | DEFHOOK |
| 1695 | (autovectorize_vector_sizes, |
| 1696 | "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\ |
| 1697 | after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\ |
| 1698 | mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\ |
| 1699 | The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.", |
| 1700 | unsigned int, |
| 1701 | (void), |
| 1702 | default_autovectorize_vector_sizes) |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */ |
| 1705 | DEFHOOK |
| 1706 | (builtin_gather, |
| 1707 | "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\ |
| 1708 | is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\ |
| 1709 | the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\ |
| 1710 | The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\ |
| 1711 | loads.", |
| 1712 | tree, |
| 1713 | (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale), |
| 1714 | NULL) |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */ |
| 1717 | DEFHOOK |
| 1718 | (init_cost, |
| 1719 | "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation " |
| 1720 | "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default " |
| 1721 | "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, " |
| 1722 | "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is " |
| 1723 | "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block " |
| 1724 | "is being vectorized.", |
| 1725 | void *, |
| 1726 | (struct loop *loop_info), |
| 1727 | default_init_cost) |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the |
| 1730 | given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or |
| 1731 | block. */ |
| 1732 | DEFHOOK |
| 1733 | (add_stmt_cost, |
| 1734 | "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to " |
| 1735 | "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a " |
| 1736 | "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for " |
| 1737 | "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, " |
| 1738 | "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The " |
| 1739 | "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be " |
| 1740 | "revised.", |
| 1741 | unsigned, |
| 1742 | (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind, |
| 1743 | struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign, |
| 1744 | enum vect_cost_model_location where), |
| 1745 | default_add_stmt_cost) |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized |
| 1748 | loop or block. */ |
| 1749 | DEFHOOK |
| 1750 | (finish_cost, |
| 1751 | "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop " |
| 1752 | "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and " |
| 1753 | "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of " |
| 1754 | "the three accumulators.", |
| 1755 | void, |
| 1756 | (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost, |
| 1757 | unsigned *epilogue_cost), |
| 1758 | default_finish_cost) |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */ |
| 1761 | DEFHOOK |
| 1762 | (destroy_cost_data, |
| 1763 | "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures " |
| 1764 | "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the " |
| 1765 | "accumulator.", |
| 1766 | void, |
| 1767 | (void *data), |
| 1768 | default_destroy_cost_data) |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize) |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 1773 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have |
| 1776 | been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the |
| 1777 | end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */ |
| 1778 | DEFHOOK |
| 1779 | (override_options_after_change, |
| 1780 | "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\ |
| 1781 | but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\ |
| 1782 | pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\ |
| 1783 | attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\ |
| 1784 | when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\ |
| 1785 | actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\ |
| 1786 | @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.", |
| 1787 | void, (void), |
| 1788 | hook_void_void) |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1791 | (eh_return_filter_mode, |
| 1792 | "Return machine mode for filter value.", |
| 1793 | enum machine_mode, (void), |
| 1794 | default_eh_return_filter_mode) |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */ |
| 1797 | DEFHOOK |
| 1798 | (libgcc_cmp_return_mode, |
| 1799 | "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\ |
| 1800 | of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\ |
| 1801 | @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\ |
| 1802 | targets.", |
| 1803 | enum machine_mode, (void), |
| 1804 | default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode) |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */ |
| 1807 | DEFHOOK |
| 1808 | (libgcc_shift_count_mode, |
| 1809 | "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\ |
| 1810 | of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\ |
| 1811 | @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\ |
| 1812 | targets.", |
| 1813 | enum machine_mode, (void), |
| 1814 | default_libgcc_shift_count_mode) |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */ |
| 1817 | DEFHOOK |
| 1818 | (unwind_word_mode, |
| 1819 | "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\ |
| 1820 | The default is to use @code{word_mode}.", |
| 1821 | enum machine_mode, (void), |
| 1822 | default_unwind_word_mode) |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */ |
| 1825 | DEFHOOK |
| 1826 | (merge_decl_attributes, |
| 1827 | "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\ |
| 1828 | handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\ |
| 1829 | @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\ |
| 1830 | @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\ |
| 1831 | when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\ |
| 1832 | attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\ |
| 1833 | call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\ |
| 1834 | \n\ |
| 1835 | @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\ |
| 1836 | If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\ |
| 1837 | for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\ |
| 1838 | @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\ |
| 1839 | will then define a function called\n\ |
| 1840 | @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\ |
| 1841 | the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\ |
| 1842 | add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\ |
| 1843 | to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\ |
| 1844 | @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\ |
| 1845 | @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.", |
| 1846 | tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl), |
| 1847 | merge_decl_attributes) |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */ |
| 1850 | DEFHOOK |
| 1851 | (merge_type_attributes, |
| 1852 | "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\ |
| 1853 | handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\ |
| 1854 | @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\ |
| 1855 | that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\ |
| 1856 | function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\ |
| 1857 | merging.", |
| 1858 | tree, (tree type1, tree type2), |
| 1859 | merge_type_attributes) |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them. |
| 1862 | Ignored if NULL. */ |
| 1863 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 1864 | (attribute_table, |
| 1865 | "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\ |
| 1866 | attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree.h}) specifying the machine\n\ |
| 1867 | specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\ |
| 1868 | entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\ |
| 1869 | take.", |
| 1870 | const struct attribute_spec *, NULL) |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first |
| 1873 | argument. */ |
| 1874 | DEFHOOK |
| 1875 | (attribute_takes_identifier_p, |
| 1876 | "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\ |
| 1877 | machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\ |
| 1878 | given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\ |
| 1879 | subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\ |
| 1880 | false for all machine-specific attributes.", |
| 1881 | bool, (const_tree name), |
| 1882 | hook_bool_const_tree_false) |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible, |
| 1885 | one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible |
| 1886 | (which causes a warning to be generated). */ |
| 1887 | DEFHOOK |
| 1888 | (comp_type_attributes, |
| 1889 | "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\ |
| 1890 | @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\ |
| 1891 | and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\ |
| 1892 | generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\ |
| 1893 | supposed always to be compatible.", |
| 1894 | int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2), |
| 1895 | hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1) |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */ |
| 1898 | DEFHOOK |
| 1899 | (set_default_type_attributes, |
| 1900 | "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\ |
| 1901 | the newly defined @var{type}.", |
| 1902 | void, (tree type), |
| 1903 | hook_void_tree) |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */ |
| 1906 | DEFHOOK |
| 1907 | (insert_attributes, |
| 1908 | "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\ |
| 1909 | when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\ |
| 1910 | wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\ |
| 1911 | the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\ |
| 1912 | created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\ |
| 1913 | for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\ |
| 1914 | shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\ |
| 1915 | the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\ |
| 1916 | attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\ |
| 1917 | needed.", |
| 1918 | void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr), |
| 1919 | hook_void_tree_treeptr) |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute) |
| 1922 | can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */ |
| 1923 | DEFHOOK |
| 1924 | (function_attribute_inlinable_p, |
| 1925 | "@cindex inlining\n\ |
| 1926 | This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\ |
| 1927 | into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\ |
| 1928 | attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\ |
| 1929 | target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.", |
| 1930 | bool, (const_tree fndecl), |
| 1931 | hook_bool_const_tree_false) |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the |
| 1934 | Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */ |
| 1935 | DEFHOOK |
| 1936 | (ms_bitfield_layout_p, |
| 1937 | "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\ |
| 1938 | @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\ |
| 1939 | Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\ |
| 1940 | unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\ |
| 1941 | different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\ |
| 1942 | alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\ |
| 1943 | bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\ |
| 1944 | the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\ |
| 1945 | (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\ |
| 1946 | another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\ |
| 1947 | other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\ |
| 1948 | \n\ |
| 1949 | When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\ |
| 1950 | of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\ |
| 1951 | bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\ |
| 1952 | and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\ |
| 1953 | chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\ |
| 1954 | size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\ |
| 1955 | alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\ |
| 1956 | \n\ |
| 1957 | If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\ |
| 1958 | the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\ |
| 1959 | used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\ |
| 1960 | precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\ |
| 1961 | may affect its placement.", |
| 1962 | bool, (const_tree record_type), |
| 1963 | hook_bool_const_tree_false) |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for |
| 1966 | target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing |
| 1967 | before switching completely to the target hook. */ |
| 1968 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1969 | (words_big_endian, |
| 1970 | "", |
| 1971 | bool, (void), |
| 1972 | targhook_words_big_endian) |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */ |
| 1975 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 1976 | (float_words_big_endian, |
| 1977 | "", |
| 1978 | bool, (void), |
| 1979 | targhook_float_words_big_endian) |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | DEFHOOK |
| 1982 | (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p, |
| 1983 | "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\ |
| 1984 | and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\ |
| 1985 | @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\ |
| 1986 | By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\ |
| 1987 | available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\ |
| 1988 | point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\ |
| 1989 | does not.", |
| 1990 | bool, (void), |
| 1991 | default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p) |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */ |
| 1994 | DEFHOOK |
| 1995 | (decimal_float_supported_p, |
| 1996 | "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.", |
| 1997 | bool, (void), |
| 1998 | default_decimal_float_supported_p) |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */ |
| 2001 | DEFHOOK |
| 2002 | (fixed_point_supported_p, |
| 2003 | "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.", |
| 2004 | bool, (void), |
| 2005 | default_fixed_point_supported_p) |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */ |
| 2008 | DEFHOOK |
| 2009 | (align_anon_bitfield, |
| 2010 | "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\ |
| 2011 | whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\ |
| 2012 | structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\ |
| 2013 | the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.", |
| 2014 | bool, (void), |
| 2015 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible. |
| 2018 | Return false if they should use the container type. */ |
| 2019 | DEFHOOK |
| 2020 | (narrow_volatile_bitfield, |
| 2021 | "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\ |
| 2022 | should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\ |
| 2023 | these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\ |
| 2024 | \n\ |
| 2025 | The default is @code{false}.", |
| 2026 | bool, (void), |
| 2027 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */ |
| 2030 | DEFHOOK |
| 2031 | (init_builtins, |
| 2032 | "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\ |
| 2033 | that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\ |
| 2034 | necessary setup.\n\ |
| 2035 | \n\ |
| 2036 | Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\ |
| 2037 | instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\ |
| 2038 | they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\ |
| 2039 | instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\ |
| 2040 | \n\ |
| 2041 | To create a built-in function, call the function\n\ |
| 2042 | @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\ |
| 2043 | which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\ |
| 2044 | up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\ |
| 2045 | only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\ |
| 2046 | @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.", |
| 2047 | void, (void), |
| 2048 | hook_void_void) |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific |
| 2051 | built-in function decl for CODE. |
| 2052 | Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE |
| 2053 | is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */ |
| 2054 | DEFHOOK |
| 2055 | (builtin_decl, |
| 2056 | "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\ |
| 2057 | that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\ |
| 2058 | builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\ |
| 2059 | If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\ |
| 2060 | if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\ |
| 2061 | If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\ |
| 2062 | @code{error_mark_node}.", |
| 2063 | tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL) |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */ |
| 2066 | DEFHOOK |
| 2067 | (expand_builtin, |
| 2068 | "\n\ |
| 2069 | Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\ |
| 2070 | @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\ |
| 2071 | function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\ |
| 2072 | convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\ |
| 2073 | @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\ |
| 2074 | @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\ |
| 2075 | ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\ |
| 2076 | built-in function.", |
| 2077 | rtx, |
| 2078 | (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, enum machine_mode mode, int ignore), |
| 2079 | default_expand_builtin) |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done |
| 2082 | *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to |
| 2083 | implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a |
| 2084 | complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really |
| 2085 | has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */ |
| 2086 | DEFHOOK |
| 2087 | (resolve_overloaded_builtin, |
| 2088 | "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\ |
| 2089 | was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\ |
| 2090 | @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\ |
| 2091 | implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\ |
| 2092 | declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\ |
| 2093 | arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\ |
| 2094 | complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\ |
| 2095 | another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\ |
| 2096 | @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}", |
| 2097 | tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL) |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE |
| 2100 | and GENERIC. */ |
| 2101 | DEFHOOK |
| 2102 | (fold_builtin, |
| 2103 | "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\ |
| 2104 | @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\ |
| 2105 | built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\ |
| 2106 | the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\ |
| 2107 | The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\ |
| 2108 | containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\ |
| 2109 | @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.", |
| 2110 | tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore), |
| 2111 | hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null) |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */ |
| 2114 | DEFHOOK |
| 2115 | (gimple_fold_builtin, |
| 2116 | "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\ |
| 2117 | by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\ |
| 2118 | statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\ |
| 2119 | was made to the GIMPLE stream.", |
| 2120 | bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi), |
| 2121 | hook_bool_gsiptr_false) |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to |
| 2124 | determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used |
| 2125 | during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two |
| 2126 | versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority |
| 2127 | is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are |
| 2128 | the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value |
| 2129 | if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority |
| 2130 | and 0 if they are the same. */ |
| 2131 | DEFHOOK |
| 2132 | (compare_version_priority, |
| 2133 | "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\ |
| 2134 | determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\ |
| 2135 | during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\ |
| 2136 | versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\ |
| 2137 | is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\ |
| 2138 | the two function decls that will be compared.", |
| 2139 | int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL) |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right |
| 2142 | function version at run-time for a given set of function versions. |
| 2143 | ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body |
| 2144 | must be generated. */ |
| 2145 | DEFHOOK |
| 2146 | (generate_version_dispatcher_body, |
| 2147 | "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\ |
| 2148 | function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\ |
| 2149 | @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\ |
| 2150 | body must be generated.", |
| 2151 | tree, (void *arg), NULL) |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function |
| 2154 | versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function |
| 2155 | version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically |
| 2156 | identical versions. */ |
| 2157 | DEFHOOK |
| 2158 | (get_function_versions_dispatcher, |
| 2159 | "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\ |
| 2160 | versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\ |
| 2161 | version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\ |
| 2162 | identical versions.", |
| 2163 | tree, (void *decl), NULL) |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements |
| 2166 | reciprocal of the function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ |
| 2167 | DEFHOOK |
| 2168 | (builtin_reciprocal, |
| 2169 | "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements reciprocal of\n\ |
| 2170 | the builtin function with builtin function code @var{fn}, or\n\ |
| 2171 | @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available. @var{md_fn} is true\n\ |
| 2172 | when @var{fn} is a code of a machine-dependent builtin function. When\n\ |
| 2173 | @var{sqrt} is true, additional optimizations that apply only to the reciprocal\n\ |
| 2174 | of a square root function are performed, and only reciprocals of @code{sqrt}\n\ |
| 2175 | function are valid.", |
| 2176 | tree, (unsigned fn, bool md_fn, bool sqrt), |
| 2177 | default_builtin_reciprocal) |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated |
| 2180 | string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return |
| 2181 | NULL. */ |
| 2182 | DEFHOOK |
| 2183 | (mangle_type, |
| 2184 | "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\ |
| 2185 | uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\ |
| 2186 | to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\ |
| 2187 | mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\ |
| 2188 | the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\ |
| 2189 | not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\ |
| 2190 | for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\ |
| 2191 | return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\ |
| 2192 | string constant.\n\ |
| 2193 | \n\ |
| 2194 | Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\ |
| 2195 | qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\ |
| 2196 | fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\ |
| 2197 | is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\ |
| 2198 | length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\ |
| 2199 | ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\ |
| 2200 | @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\ |
| 2201 | @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\ |
| 2202 | code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\ |
| 2203 | @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\ |
| 2204 | codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\ |
| 2205 | spaces in your string.\n\ |
| 2206 | \n\ |
| 2207 | This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\ |
| 2208 | name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\ |
| 2209 | can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\ |
| 2210 | before mangling.\n\ |
| 2211 | \n\ |
| 2212 | The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\ |
| 2213 | appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\ |
| 2214 | types.", |
| 2215 | const char *, (const_tree type), |
| 2216 | hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null) |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */ |
| 2219 | DEFHOOK |
| 2220 | (init_libfuncs, |
| 2221 | "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\ |
| 2222 | existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\ |
| 2223 | @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\ |
| 2224 | @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\ |
| 2225 | library routines.\n\ |
| 2226 | \n\ |
| 2227 | The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.", |
| 2228 | void, (void), |
| 2229 | hook_void_void) |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */ |
| 2232 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 2233 | (libfunc_gnu_prefix, |
| 2234 | "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\ |
| 2235 | underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\ |
| 2236 | instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\ |
| 2237 | currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\ |
| 2238 | is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\ |
| 2239 | @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.", |
| 2240 | bool, false) |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 | /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer |
| 2243 | has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */ |
| 2244 | /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */ |
| 2245 | DEFHOOK |
| 2246 | (section_type_flags, |
| 2247 | "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\ |
| 2248 | based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\ |
| 2249 | declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\ |
| 2250 | null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\ |
| 2251 | \n\ |
| 2252 | The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\ |
| 2253 | read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\ |
| 2254 | need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\ |
| 2255 | set via @code{__attribute__}.", |
| 2256 | unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc), |
| 2257 | default_section_type_flags) |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | DEFHOOK |
| 2260 | (libc_has_function, |
| 2261 | "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\ |
| 2262 | @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.", |
| 2263 | bool, (enum function_class fn_class), |
| 2264 | default_libc_has_function) |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or |
| 2267 | not, at the current point in the compilation. */ |
| 2268 | DEFHOOK |
| 2269 | (cannot_modify_jumps_p, |
| 2270 | "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\ |
| 2271 | instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\ |
| 2272 | every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\ |
| 2273 | reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\ |
| 2274 | \n\ |
| 2275 | @smallexample\n\ |
| 2276 | static bool\n\ |
| 2277 | cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\ |
| 2278 | @{\n\ |
| 2279 | return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\ |
| 2280 | @}\n\ |
| 2281 | @end smallexample", |
| 2282 | bool, (void), |
| 2283 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */ |
| 2286 | DEFHOOK |
| 2287 | (can_follow_jump, |
| 2288 | "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\ |
| 2289 | return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\ |
| 2290 | false, if it can't.\ |
| 2291 | For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\ |
| 2292 | follow through a hot/cold partitioning.", |
| 2293 | bool, (const_rtx follower, const_rtx followee), |
| 2294 | hook_bool_const_rtx_const_rtx_true) |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | /* Return a register class for which branch target register |
| 2297 | optimizations should be applied. */ |
| 2298 | DEFHOOK |
| 2299 | (branch_target_register_class, |
| 2300 | "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\ |
| 2301 | optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\ |
| 2302 | usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\ |
| 2303 | re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\ |
| 2304 | to inter-block scheduling.", |
| 2305 | reg_class_t, (void), |
| 2306 | default_branch_target_register_class) |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include |
| 2309 | callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current |
| 2310 | function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have |
| 2311 | already been generated. */ |
| 2312 | DEFHOOK |
| 2313 | (branch_target_register_callee_saved, |
| 2314 | "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\ |
| 2315 | registers\n\ |
| 2316 | that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\ |
| 2317 | returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\ |
| 2318 | that all target registers in the class returned by\n\ |
| 2319 | @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\ |
| 2320 | saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\ |
| 2321 | epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\ |
| 2322 | true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\ |
| 2323 | to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\ |
| 2324 | to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.", |
| 2325 | bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen), |
| 2326 | hook_bool_bool_false) |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */ |
| 2329 | DEFHOOK |
| 2330 | (have_conditional_execution, |
| 2331 | "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\ |
| 2332 | This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\ |
| 2333 | modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.", |
| 2334 | bool, (void), |
| 2335 | default_have_conditional_execution) |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */ |
| 2338 | DEFHOOK |
| 2339 | (loop_unroll_adjust, |
| 2340 | "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\ |
| 2341 | should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\ |
| 2342 | the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\ |
| 2343 | the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\ |
| 2344 | is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\ |
| 2345 | number of memory accesses.", |
| 2346 | unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop), |
| 2347 | NULL) |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */ |
| 2350 | DEFHOOK |
| 2351 | (legitimate_constant_p, |
| 2352 | "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\ |
| 2353 | @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\ |
| 2354 | @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\ |
| 2355 | \n\ |
| 2356 | The default definition returns true.", |
| 2357 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x), |
| 2358 | hook_bool_mode_rtx_true) |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */ |
| 2361 | DEFHOOK |
| 2362 | (cannot_force_const_mem, |
| 2363 | "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\ |
| 2364 | should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\ |
| 2365 | of @var{x}.\n\ |
| 2366 | \n\ |
| 2367 | The default version of this hook returns false.\n\ |
| 2368 | \n\ |
| 2369 | The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\ |
| 2370 | deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\ |
| 2371 | from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\ |
| 2372 | holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\ |
| 2373 | of TLS symbols for various targets.", |
| 2374 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x), |
| 2375 | hook_bool_mode_rtx_false) |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 2378 | (cannot_copy_insn_p, |
| 2379 | "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.", |
| 2380 | bool, (rtx), NULL) |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */ |
| 2383 | DEFHOOK |
| 2384 | (commutative_p, |
| 2385 | "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\ |
| 2386 | Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\ |
| 2387 | PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\ |
| 2388 | of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.", |
| 2389 | bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code), |
| 2390 | hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p) |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends |
| 2393 | on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */ |
| 2394 | DEFHOOK |
| 2395 | (mode_dependent_address_p, |
| 2396 | "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\ |
| 2397 | space @var{addrspace} can have\n\ |
| 2398 | different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\ |
| 2399 | reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\ |
| 2400 | but not others.\n\ |
| 2401 | \n\ |
| 2402 | Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\ |
| 2403 | effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\ |
| 2404 | of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\ |
| 2405 | addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\ |
| 2406 | \n\ |
| 2407 | You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\ |
| 2408 | \n\ |
| 2409 | The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.", |
| 2410 | bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace), |
| 2411 | default_mode_dependent_address_p) |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific |
| 2414 | ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */ |
| 2415 | DEFHOOK |
| 2416 | (legitimize_address, |
| 2417 | "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\ |
| 2418 | operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\ |
| 2419 | address.\n\ |
| 2420 | \n\ |
| 2421 | @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\ |
| 2422 | @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\ |
| 2423 | and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\ |
| 2424 | @var{x}.\n\ |
| 2425 | \n\ |
| 2426 | The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\ |
| 2427 | @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\ |
| 2428 | should return the new @var{x}.\n\ |
| 2429 | \n\ |
| 2430 | It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\ |
| 2431 | with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\ |
| 2432 | The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\ |
| 2433 | the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\ |
| 2434 | is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\ |
| 2435 | a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\ |
| 2436 | strategy can generate better code.", |
| 2437 | rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, enum machine_mode mode), |
| 2438 | default_legitimize_address) |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */ |
| 2441 | DEFHOOK |
| 2442 | (delegitimize_address, |
| 2443 | "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\ |
| 2444 | @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\ |
| 2445 | macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\ |
| 2446 | references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\ |
| 2447 | addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\ |
| 2448 | the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\ |
| 2449 | into their original form.", |
| 2450 | rtx, (rtx x), |
| 2451 | delegitimize_mem_from_attrs) |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info |
| 2454 | section. */ |
| 2455 | DEFHOOK |
| 2456 | (const_not_ok_for_debug_p, |
| 2457 | "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\ |
| 2458 | debug sections.", |
| 2459 | bool, (rtx x), |
| 2460 | hook_bool_rtx_false) |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */ |
| 2463 | DEFHOOK |
| 2464 | (legitimate_address_p, |
| 2465 | "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\ |
| 2466 | address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\ |
| 2467 | \n\ |
| 2468 | Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\ |
| 2469 | non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\ |
| 2470 | desired by the caller.\n\ |
| 2471 | \n\ |
| 2472 | The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\ |
| 2473 | that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\ |
| 2474 | considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\ |
| 2475 | kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\ |
| 2476 | must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\ |
| 2477 | up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\ |
| 2478 | register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\ |
| 2479 | if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\ |
| 2480 | \n\ |
| 2481 | The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\ |
| 2482 | accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\ |
| 2483 | register is required.\n\ |
| 2484 | \n\ |
| 2485 | Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\ |
| 2486 | and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\ |
| 2487 | constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\ |
| 2488 | specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\ |
| 2489 | recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\ |
| 2490 | \n\ |
| 2491 | Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\ |
| 2492 | sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\ |
| 2493 | @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\ |
| 2494 | naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\ |
| 2495 | be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\ |
| 2496 | \n\ |
| 2497 | @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\ |
| 2498 | On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\ |
| 2499 | the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\ |
| 2500 | target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\ |
| 2501 | into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\ |
| 2502 | @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\ |
| 2503 | @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\ |
| 2504 | Format}.\n\ |
| 2505 | \n\ |
| 2506 | @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\ |
| 2507 | Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\ |
| 2508 | this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\ |
| 2509 | has this syntax:\n\ |
| 2510 | \n\ |
| 2511 | @example\n\ |
| 2512 | #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\ |
| 2513 | @end example\n\ |
| 2514 | \n\ |
| 2515 | @noindent\n\ |
| 2516 | and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\ |
| 2517 | address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\ |
| 2518 | \n\ |
| 2519 | @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\ |
| 2520 | Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\ |
| 2521 | macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\ |
| 2522 | @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\ |
| 2523 | that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\ |
| 2524 | \n\ |
| 2525 | Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\ |
| 2526 | files that are recompiled when changes are made.", |
| 2527 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict), |
| 2528 | default_legitimate_address_p) |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */ |
| 2531 | DEFHOOK |
| 2532 | (use_blocks_for_constant_p, |
| 2533 | "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\ |
| 2534 | be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\ |
| 2535 | of @var{x}.\n\ |
| 2536 | \n\ |
| 2537 | The default version returns false for all constants.", |
| 2538 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, const_rtx x), |
| 2539 | hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false) |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */ |
| 2542 | DEFHOOK |
| 2543 | (use_blocks_for_decl_p, |
| 2544 | "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\ |
| 2545 | be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\ |
| 2546 | \n\ |
| 2547 | The default version returns true for all decls.", |
| 2548 | bool, (const_tree decl), |
| 2549 | hook_bool_const_tree_true) |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */ |
| 2552 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 2553 | (min_anchor_offset, |
| 2554 | "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\ |
| 2555 | On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\ |
| 2556 | applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\ |
| 2557 | for every mode. The default value is 0.", |
| 2558 | HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 2561 | (max_anchor_offset, |
| 2562 | "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\ |
| 2563 | offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\ |
| 2564 | value is 0.", |
| 2565 | HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */ |
| 2568 | DEFHOOK |
| 2569 | (use_anchors_for_symbol_p, |
| 2570 | "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\ |
| 2571 | @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\ |
| 2572 | @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\ |
| 2573 | \n\ |
| 2574 | The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\ |
| 2575 | intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\ |
| 2576 | or target-specific sections.", |
| 2577 | bool, (const_rtx x), |
| 2578 | default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p) |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /* True if target supports indirect functions. */ |
| 2581 | DEFHOOK |
| 2582 | (has_ifunc_p, |
| 2583 | "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\ |
| 2584 | The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\ |
| 2585 | The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.", |
| 2586 | bool, (void), |
| 2587 | default_has_ifunc_p) |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified |
| 2590 | call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if |
| 2591 | this is an indirect call. */ |
| 2592 | DEFHOOK |
| 2593 | (function_ok_for_sibcall, |
| 2594 | "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\ |
| 2595 | call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\ |
| 2596 | or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\ |
| 2597 | \n\ |
| 2598 | It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\ |
| 2599 | tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\ |
| 2600 | during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\ |
| 2601 | as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\ |
| 2602 | ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\ |
| 2603 | may vary greatly between different architectures.", |
| 2604 | bool, (tree decl, tree exp), |
| 2605 | hook_bool_tree_tree_false) |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function |
| 2608 | FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top |
| 2609 | level, outside of any function scope. */ |
| 2610 | DEFHOOK |
| 2611 | (set_current_function, |
| 2612 | "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\ |
| 2613 | context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\ |
| 2614 | the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\ |
| 2615 | per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\ |
| 2616 | attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\ |
| 2617 | The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\ |
| 2618 | and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\ |
| 2619 | and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\ |
| 2620 | The default hook function does nothing.\n\ |
| 2621 | \n\ |
| 2622 | GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\ |
| 2623 | some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\ |
| 2624 | situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\ |
| 2625 | or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\ |
| 2626 | @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\ |
| 2627 | outside of any function scope.", |
| 2628 | void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree) |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */ |
| 2631 | DEFHOOK |
| 2632 | (in_small_data_p, |
| 2633 | "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\ |
| 2634 | The default version of this hook always returns false.", |
| 2635 | bool, (const_tree exp), |
| 2636 | hook_bool_const_tree_false) |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve |
| 2639 | to the current executable or shared library. */ |
| 2640 | DEFHOOK |
| 2641 | (binds_local_p, |
| 2642 | "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\ |
| 2643 | rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\ |
| 2644 | or executable image).\n\ |
| 2645 | \n\ |
| 2646 | The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\ |
| 2647 | for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\ |
| 2648 | currently supported object file formats.", |
| 2649 | bool, (const_tree exp), |
| 2650 | default_binds_local_p) |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */ |
| 2653 | DEFHOOK |
| 2654 | (profile_before_prologue, |
| 2655 | "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\ |
| 2656 | The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\ |
| 2657 | @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.", |
| 2658 | bool, (void), |
| 2659 | default_profile_before_prologue) |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name, |
| 2662 | originally identified by ID, as required by the target, |
| 2663 | (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names). |
| 2664 | The default is to return ID without modification. */ |
| 2665 | DEFHOOK |
| 2666 | (mangle_decl_assembler_name, |
| 2667 | "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\ |
| 2668 | by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\ |
| 2669 | the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\ |
| 2670 | or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\ |
| 2671 | hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\ |
| 2672 | your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\ |
| 2673 | returns the @var{id} provided.", |
| 2674 | tree, (tree decl, tree id), |
| 2675 | default_mangle_decl_assembler_name) |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into |
| 2678 | the associated SYMBOL_REF. */ |
| 2679 | DEFHOOK |
| 2680 | (encode_section_info, |
| 2681 | "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\ |
| 2682 | treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\ |
| 2683 | function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\ |
| 2684 | \n\ |
| 2685 | The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\ |
| 2686 | @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\ |
| 2687 | an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\ |
| 2688 | rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\ |
| 2689 | in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\ |
| 2690 | \n\ |
| 2691 | In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\ |
| 2692 | a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\ |
| 2693 | will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\ |
| 2694 | register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\ |
| 2695 | rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\ |
| 2696 | leave it alone.)\n\ |
| 2697 | \n\ |
| 2698 | The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\ |
| 2699 | that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\ |
| 2700 | be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\ |
| 2701 | declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\ |
| 2702 | declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\ |
| 2703 | @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\ |
| 2704 | \n\ |
| 2705 | @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\ |
| 2706 | The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\ |
| 2707 | @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\ |
| 2708 | Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\ |
| 2709 | encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\ |
| 2710 | discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\ |
| 2711 | \n\ |
| 2712 | The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\ |
| 2713 | in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\ |
| 2714 | @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\ |
| 2715 | before overriding it.", |
| 2716 | void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p), |
| 2717 | default_encode_section_info) |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */ |
| 2720 | DEFHOOK |
| 2721 | (strip_name_encoding, |
| 2722 | "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\ |
| 2723 | the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\ |
| 2724 | may have added.", |
| 2725 | const char *, (const char *name), |
| 2726 | default_strip_name_encoding) |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count, |
| 2729 | return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */ |
| 2730 | DEFHOOK |
| 2731 | (shift_truncation_mask, |
| 2732 | "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\ |
| 2733 | deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\ |
| 2734 | @xref{shift patterns}.\n\ |
| 2735 | \n\ |
| 2736 | On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\ |
| 2737 | shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\ |
| 2738 | equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\ |
| 2739 | this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\ |
| 2740 | otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\ |
| 2741 | particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\ |
| 2742 | \n\ |
| 2743 | Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\ |
| 2744 | @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\ |
| 2745 | that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\ |
| 2746 | \n\ |
| 2747 | The default implementation of this function returns\n\ |
| 2748 | @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\ |
| 2749 | and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\ |
| 2750 | @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\ |
| 2751 | nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\ |
| 2752 | by overriding it.", |
| 2753 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 2754 | default_shift_truncation_mask) |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present, |
| 2757 | so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by |
| 2758 | the reciprocal. */ |
| 2759 | DEFHOOK |
| 2760 | (min_divisions_for_recip_mul, |
| 2761 | "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\ |
| 2762 | divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\ |
| 2763 | the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\ |
| 2764 | that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\ |
| 2765 | of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\ |
| 2766 | has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.", |
| 2767 | unsigned int, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 2768 | default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul) |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are |
| 2771 | always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return |
| 2772 | SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */ |
| 2773 | /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not |
| 2774 | necessarily defined at this point. */ |
| 2775 | DEFHOOK |
| 2776 | (mode_rep_extended, |
| 2777 | "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\ |
| 2778 | are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\ |
| 2779 | @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\ |
| 2780 | sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\ |
| 2781 | otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\ |
| 2782 | representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\ |
| 2783 | @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\ |
| 2784 | @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\ |
| 2785 | @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\ |
| 2786 | widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\ |
| 2787 | \n\ |
| 2788 | Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\ |
| 2789 | value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\ |
| 2790 | as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\ |
| 2791 | @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\ |
| 2792 | \n\ |
| 2793 | Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\ |
| 2794 | describe two related properties. If you define\n\ |
| 2795 | @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\ |
| 2796 | to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\ |
| 2797 | extension.\n\ |
| 2798 | \n\ |
| 2799 | In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\ |
| 2800 | @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\ |
| 2801 | @code{mode}.", |
| 2802 | int, (enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode rep_mode), |
| 2803 | default_mode_rep_extended) |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */ |
| 2806 | DEFHOOK |
| 2807 | (valid_pointer_mode, |
| 2808 | "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\ |
| 2809 | with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\ |
| 2810 | hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.", |
| 2811 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 2812 | default_valid_pointer_mode) |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | /* Disambiguate with errno. */ |
| 2815 | DEFHOOK |
| 2816 | (ref_may_alias_errno, |
| 2817 | "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\ |
| 2818 | may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\ |
| 2819 | version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\ |
| 2820 | is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\ |
| 2821 | a pointer to int.", |
| 2822 | bool, (struct ao_ref *ref), |
| 2823 | default_ref_may_alias_errno) |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | /* Support for named address spaces. */ |
| 2826 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 2827 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_" |
| 2828 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space) |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */ |
| 2831 | DEFHOOK |
| 2832 | (pointer_mode, |
| 2833 | "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\ |
| 2834 | @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\ |
| 2835 | The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode} for the\n\ |
| 2836 | generic address space only.", |
| 2837 | enum machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space), |
| 2838 | default_addr_space_pointer_mode) |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */ |
| 2841 | DEFHOOK |
| 2842 | (address_mode, |
| 2843 | "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\ |
| 2844 | @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\ |
| 2845 | The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode} for the\n\ |
| 2846 | generic address space only.", |
| 2847 | enum machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space), |
| 2848 | default_addr_space_address_mode) |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))) |
| 2851 | in another address space. */ |
| 2852 | DEFHOOK |
| 2853 | (valid_pointer_mode, |
| 2854 | "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\ |
| 2855 | with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\ |
| 2856 | hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\ |
| 2857 | except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\ |
| 2858 | version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\ |
| 2859 | @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\ |
| 2860 | target hooks for the given address space.", |
| 2861 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as), |
| 2862 | default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode) |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address |
| 2865 | space for a given mode. */ |
| 2866 | DEFHOOK |
| 2867 | (legitimate_address_p, |
| 2868 | "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\ |
| 2869 | @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\ |
| 2870 | parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\ |
| 2871 | finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\ |
| 2872 | @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\ |
| 2873 | explicit named address space support.", |
| 2874 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as), |
| 2875 | default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p) |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named |
| 2878 | address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine |
| 2879 | independent methods to make the address valid. */ |
| 2880 | DEFHOOK |
| 2881 | (legitimize_address, |
| 2882 | "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\ |
| 2883 | with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\ |
| 2884 | hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\ |
| 2885 | except that it includes explicit named address space support.", |
| 2886 | rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, enum machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as), |
| 2887 | default_addr_space_legitimize_address) |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */ |
| 2890 | DEFHOOK |
| 2891 | (subset_p, |
| 2892 | "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\ |
| 2893 | contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\ |
| 2894 | a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\ |
| 2895 | will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\ |
| 2896 | arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\ |
| 2897 | converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.", |
| 2898 | bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset), |
| 2899 | default_addr_space_subset_p) |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */ |
| 2902 | DEFHOOK |
| 2903 | (convert, |
| 2904 | "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\ |
| 2905 | @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\ |
| 2906 | space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\ |
| 2907 | to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\ |
| 2908 | guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\ |
| 2909 | as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.", |
| 2910 | rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type), |
| 2911 | default_addr_space_convert) |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space) |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 2916 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to |
| 2919 | be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all |
| 2920 | the arithmetic is supported. */ |
| 2921 | DEFHOOK |
| 2922 | (scalar_mode_supported_p, |
| 2923 | "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\ |
| 2924 | insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\ |
| 2925 | considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\ |
| 2926 | must work.\n\ |
| 2927 | \n\ |
| 2928 | The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\ |
| 2929 | required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\ |
| 2930 | Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\ |
| 2931 | code in @file{optabs.c}.", |
| 2932 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 2933 | default_scalar_mode_supported_p) |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At |
| 2936 | least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins |
| 2937 | for further details. */ |
| 2938 | DEFHOOK |
| 2939 | (vector_mode_supported_p, |
| 2940 | "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\ |
| 2941 | insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\ |
| 2942 | must have move patterns for this mode.", |
| 2943 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 2944 | hook_bool_mode_false) |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | DEFHOOK |
| 2947 | (vector_alignment, |
| 2948 | "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\ |
| 2949 | @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\ |
| 2950 | require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\ |
| 2951 | this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\ |
| 2952 | the vector element type.", |
| 2953 | HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type), |
| 2954 | default_vector_alignment) |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array, |
| 2957 | overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */ |
| 2958 | DEFHOOK |
| 2959 | (array_mode_supported_p, |
| 2960 | "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\ |
| 2961 | of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\ |
| 2962 | Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\ |
| 2963 | and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\ |
| 2964 | \n\ |
| 2965 | One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\ |
| 2966 | that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\ |
| 2967 | has operations like:\n\ |
| 2968 | \n\ |
| 2969 | @smallexample\n\ |
| 2970 | int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\ |
| 2971 | @end smallexample\n\ |
| 2972 | \n\ |
| 2973 | where the return type is defined as:\n\ |
| 2974 | \n\ |
| 2975 | @smallexample\n\ |
| 2976 | typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\ |
| 2977 | @{\n\ |
| 2978 | int8x8_t val[3];\n\ |
| 2979 | @} int8x8x3_t;\n\ |
| 2980 | @end smallexample\n\ |
| 2981 | \n\ |
| 2982 | If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\ |
| 2983 | @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\ |
| 2984 | @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.", |
| 2985 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems), |
| 2986 | hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false) |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 | /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of |
| 2989 | TO, using MODE. */ |
| 2990 | DEFHOOK |
| 2991 | (register_move_cost, |
| 2992 | "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\ |
| 2993 | from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\ |
| 2994 | are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\ |
| 2995 | A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\ |
| 2996 | that.\n\ |
| 2997 | \n\ |
| 2998 | It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\ |
| 2999 | same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\ |
| 3000 | registers if they are not general registers.\n\ |
| 3001 | \n\ |
| 3002 | If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\ |
| 3003 | hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\ |
| 3004 | classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\ |
| 3005 | constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\ |
| 3006 | allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\ |
| 3007 | if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\ |
| 3008 | \n\ |
| 3009 | The default version of this function returns 2.", |
| 3010 | int, (enum machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to), |
| 3011 | default_register_move_cost) |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */ |
| 3014 | /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL |
| 3015 | license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */ |
| 3016 | DEFHOOK |
| 3017 | (memory_move_cost, |
| 3018 | "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\ |
| 3019 | between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\ |
| 3020 | if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\ |
| 3021 | This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\ |
| 3022 | If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\ |
| 3023 | registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\ |
| 3024 | \n\ |
| 3025 | If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\ |
| 3026 | the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\ |
| 3027 | needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\ |
| 3028 | between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\ |
| 3029 | more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\ |
| 3030 | reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\ |
| 3031 | \n\ |
| 3032 | GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\ |
| 3033 | secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\ |
| 3034 | a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\ |
| 3035 | secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\ |
| 3036 | 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\ |
| 3037 | value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\ |
| 3038 | are the same as to this target hook.", |
| 3039 | int, (enum machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in), |
| 3040 | default_memory_move_cost) |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will |
| 3043 | be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is |
| 3044 | allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers |
| 3045 | but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */ |
| 3046 | DEFHOOK |
| 3047 | (small_register_classes_for_mode_p, |
| 3048 | "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\ |
| 3049 | small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\ |
| 3050 | @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\ |
| 3051 | in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\ |
| 3052 | In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\ |
| 3053 | for any mode.\n\ |
| 3054 | \n\ |
| 3055 | On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\ |
| 3056 | insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\ |
| 3057 | to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\ |
| 3058 | if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\ |
| 3059 | insn.\n\ |
| 3060 | \n\ |
| 3061 | Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\ |
| 3062 | in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\ |
| 3063 | the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\ |
| 3064 | classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\ |
| 3065 | registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\ |
| 3066 | registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\ |
| 3067 | SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\ |
| 3068 | strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\ |
| 3069 | machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\ |
| 3070 | \n\ |
| 3071 | The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\ |
| 3072 | safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\ |
| 3073 | unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\ |
| 3074 | that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\ |
| 3075 | to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\ |
| 3076 | of spill registers and print a fatal error message.", |
| 3077 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 3078 | hook_bool_mode_false) |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the |
| 3081 | target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */ |
| 3082 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 3083 | (flags_regnum, |
| 3084 | "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\ |
| 3085 | post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\ |
| 3086 | appropriately.", |
| 3087 | unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM) |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete |
| 3090 | cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be |
| 3091 | scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */ |
| 3092 | /* Note that CODE and OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's |
| 3093 | not necessarily defined at this point. */ |
| 3094 | DEFHOOK |
| 3095 | (rtx_costs, |
| 3096 | "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\ |
| 3097 | \n\ |
| 3098 | The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\ |
| 3099 | available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\ |
| 3100 | as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\ |
| 3101 | That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\ |
| 3102 | that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\ |
| 3103 | either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\ |
| 3104 | (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\ |
| 3105 | \n\ |
| 3106 | @var{code} is @var{x}'s expression code---redundant, since it can be\n\ |
| 3107 | obtained with @code{GET_CODE (@var{x})}.\n\ |
| 3108 | \n\ |
| 3109 | In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\ |
| 3110 | @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\ |
| 3111 | instructions.\n\ |
| 3112 | \n\ |
| 3113 | On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\ |
| 3114 | for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\ |
| 3115 | necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\ |
| 3116 | for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\ |
| 3117 | operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\ |
| 3118 | \n\ |
| 3119 | When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\ |
| 3120 | false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\ |
| 3121 | size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\ |
| 3122 | \n\ |
| 3123 | The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\ |
| 3124 | processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.", |
| 3125 | bool, (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed), |
| 3126 | hook_bool_rtx_int_int_int_intp_bool_false) |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with |
| 3129 | invalid addresses. */ |
| 3130 | DEFHOOK |
| 3131 | (address_cost, |
| 3132 | "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\ |
| 3133 | @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\ |
| 3134 | the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\ |
| 3135 | \n\ |
| 3136 | For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\ |
| 3137 | true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\ |
| 3138 | instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\ |
| 3139 | all addresses will have equal costs.\n\ |
| 3140 | \n\ |
| 3141 | In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\ |
| 3142 | the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\ |
| 3143 | cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\ |
| 3144 | \n\ |
| 3145 | For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\ |
| 3146 | and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\ |
| 3147 | is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\ |
| 3148 | references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\ |
| 3149 | the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\ |
| 3150 | that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\ |
| 3151 | instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\ |
| 3152 | specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\ |
| 3153 | \n\ |
| 3154 | This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\ |
| 3155 | \n\ |
| 3156 | On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\ |
| 3157 | cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\ |
| 3158 | @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\ |
| 3159 | be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\ |
| 3160 | @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\ |
| 3161 | should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\ |
| 3162 | should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\ |
| 3163 | registers on machines with lots of registers.", |
| 3164 | int, (rtx address, enum machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed), |
| 3165 | default_address_cost) |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */ |
| 3168 | DEFHOOK |
| 3169 | (allocate_initial_value, |
| 3170 | "\n\ |
| 3171 | When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\ |
| 3172 | register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\ |
| 3173 | to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\ |
| 3174 | it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\ |
| 3175 | is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\ |
| 3176 | that had its initial value copied by using\n\ |
| 3177 | @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\ |
| 3178 | Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\ |
| 3179 | to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\ |
| 3180 | the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\ |
| 3181 | @code{MEM}.\n\ |
| 3182 | If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\ |
| 3183 | it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\ |
| 3184 | You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\ |
| 3185 | @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\ |
| 3186 | register in question will not be clobbered.\n\ |
| 3187 | The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\ |
| 3188 | allocation.", |
| 3189 | rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL) |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap. |
| 3192 | FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */ |
| 3193 | DEFHOOK |
| 3194 | (unspec_may_trap_p, |
| 3195 | "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\ |
| 3196 | @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\ |
| 3197 | this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\ |
| 3198 | @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\ |
| 3199 | to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\ |
| 3200 | passed along.", |
| 3201 | int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags), |
| 3202 | default_unspec_may_trap_p) |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers |
| 3205 | to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook |
| 3206 | if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in |
| 3207 | non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be |
| 3208 | represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this |
| 3209 | hook should return NULL_RTX. */ |
| 3210 | DEFHOOK |
| 3211 | (dwarf_register_span, |
| 3212 | "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\ |
| 3213 | represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\ |
| 3214 | register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\ |
| 3215 | locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\ |
| 3216 | register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\ |
| 3217 | If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.", |
| 3218 | rtx, (rtx reg), |
| 3219 | hook_rtx_rtx_null) |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table |
| 3222 | entries not corresponding directly to registers below |
| 3223 | FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary |
| 3224 | code, given the address of the table. */ |
| 3225 | DEFHOOK |
| 3226 | (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra, |
| 3227 | "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\ |
| 3228 | multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\ |
| 3229 | sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\ |
| 3230 | It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\ |
| 3231 | filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\ |
| 3232 | @var{address} is the address of the table.", |
| 3233 | void, (tree address), |
| 3234 | hook_void_tree) |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for |
| 3237 | targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to |
| 3238 | the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a |
| 3239 | register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the |
| 3240 | fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are |
| 3241 | supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed |
| 3242 | at by the second argument should be set to -1. */ |
| 3243 | DEFHOOK |
| 3244 | (fixed_condition_code_regs, |
| 3245 | "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\ |
| 3246 | register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\ |
| 3247 | regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\ |
| 3248 | hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\ |
| 3249 | small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\ |
| 3250 | to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\ |
| 3251 | arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\ |
| 3252 | When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\ |
| 3253 | integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\ |
| 3254 | @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\ |
| 3255 | \n\ |
| 3256 | The default version of this hook returns false.", |
| 3257 | bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2), |
| 3258 | hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false) |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition |
| 3261 | code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison |
| 3262 | done in the returned mode will work for both of the original |
| 3263 | modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return |
| 3264 | VOIDmode. */ |
| 3265 | DEFHOOK |
| 3266 | (cc_modes_compatible, |
| 3267 | "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\ |
| 3268 | @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\ |
| 3269 | validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\ |
| 3270 | target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\ |
| 3271 | both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\ |
| 3272 | return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\ |
| 3273 | \n\ |
| 3274 | The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\ |
| 3275 | same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\ |
| 3276 | returns @code{VOIDmode}.", |
| 3277 | enum machine_mode, (enum machine_mode m1, enum machine_mode m2), |
| 3278 | default_cc_modes_compatible) |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before |
| 3281 | delayed-branch scheduling. */ |
| 3282 | DEFHOOK |
| 3283 | (machine_dependent_reorg, |
| 3284 | "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\ |
| 3285 | instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\ |
| 3286 | just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\ |
| 3287 | \n\ |
| 3288 | The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\ |
| 3289 | it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\ |
| 3290 | laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\ |
| 3291 | Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\ |
| 3292 | \n\ |
| 3293 | You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\ |
| 3294 | definition is null.", |
| 3295 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */ |
| 3298 | DEFHOOK |
| 3299 | (build_builtin_va_list, |
| 3300 | "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\ |
| 3301 | The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.", |
| 3302 | tree, (void), |
| 3303 | std_build_builtin_va_list) |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | /* Enumerate the va list variants. */ |
| 3306 | DEFHOOK |
| 3307 | (enum_va_list_p, |
| 3308 | "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\ |
| 3309 | to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\ |
| 3310 | variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\ |
| 3311 | to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\ |
| 3312 | variable.\n\ |
| 3313 | The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\ |
| 3314 | this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\ |
| 3315 | internal type.\n\ |
| 3316 | If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\ |
| 3317 | Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\ |
| 3318 | macro to iterate through all types.", |
| 3319 | int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree), |
| 3320 | NULL) |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */ |
| 3323 | DEFHOOK |
| 3324 | (fn_abi_va_list, |
| 3325 | "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\ |
| 3326 | @var{fndecl}.\n\ |
| 3327 | The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.", |
| 3328 | tree, (tree fndecl), |
| 3329 | std_fn_abi_va_list) |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */ |
| 3332 | DEFHOOK |
| 3333 | (canonical_va_list_type, |
| 3334 | "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\ |
| 3335 | type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\ |
| 3336 | @code{NULL_TREE}.", |
| 3337 | tree, (tree type), |
| 3338 | std_canonical_va_list_type) |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ |
| 3341 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 3342 | (expand_builtin_va_start, |
| 3343 | "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.", |
| 3344 | void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL) |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */ |
| 3347 | DEFHOOK |
| 3348 | (gimplify_va_arg_expr, |
| 3349 | "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\ |
| 3350 | @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\ |
| 3351 | arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\ |
| 3352 | @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.", |
| 3353 | tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p), |
| 3354 | std_gimplify_va_arg_expr) |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific. |
| 3357 | get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored, |
| 3358 | and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same |
| 3359 | information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid, |
| 3360 | or an error message if not. */ |
| 3361 | DEFHOOK |
| 3362 | (get_pch_validity, |
| 3363 | "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\ |
| 3364 | @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\ |
| 3365 | @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.", |
| 3366 | void *, (size_t *sz), |
| 3367 | default_get_pch_validity) |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | DEFHOOK |
| 3370 | (pch_valid_p, |
| 3371 | "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\ |
| 3372 | compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\ |
| 3373 | if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\ |
| 3374 | be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\ |
| 3375 | \n\ |
| 3376 | @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\ |
| 3377 | when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\ |
| 3378 | It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\ |
| 3379 | compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\ |
| 3380 | \n\ |
| 3381 | The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\ |
| 3382 | suitable for most targets.", |
| 3383 | const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz), |
| 3384 | default_pch_valid_p) |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | DEFHOOK |
| 3387 | (prepare_pch_save, |
| 3388 | "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\ |
| 3389 | garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\ |
| 3390 | it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\ |
| 3391 | to do anything here.", |
| 3392 | void, (void), |
| 3393 | hook_void_void) |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the |
| 3396 | given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so, |
| 3397 | otherwise it returns an error message. */ |
| 3398 | DEFHOOK |
| 3399 | (check_pch_target_flags, |
| 3400 | "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\ |
| 3401 | @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\ |
| 3402 | of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\ |
| 3403 | @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\ |
| 3404 | value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.", |
| 3405 | const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL) |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many |
| 3408 | bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of |
| 3409 | that type. */ |
| 3410 | DEFHOOK |
| 3411 | (default_short_enums, |
| 3412 | "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\ |
| 3413 | @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\ |
| 3414 | of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\ |
| 3415 | @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\ |
| 3416 | \n\ |
| 3417 | The default is to return false.", |
| 3418 | bool, (void), |
| 3419 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address |
| 3422 | of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */ |
| 3423 | DEFHOOK |
| 3424 | (builtin_setjmp_frame_value, |
| 3425 | "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\ |
| 3426 | the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\ |
| 3427 | The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\ |
| 3428 | machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\ |
| 3429 | @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.", |
| 3430 | rtx, (void), |
| 3431 | default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value) |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | /* This target hook should add STRING_CST trees for any hard regs |
| 3434 | the port wishes to automatically clobber for an asm. */ |
| 3435 | DEFHOOK |
| 3436 | (md_asm_clobbers, |
| 3437 | "This target hook should add to @var{clobbers} @code{STRING_CST} trees for\n\ |
| 3438 | any hard regs the port wishes to automatically clobber for an asm.\n\ |
| 3439 | It should return the result of the last @code{tree_cons} used to add a\n\ |
| 3440 | clobber. The @var{outputs}, @var{inputs} and @var{clobber} lists are the\n\ |
| 3441 | corresponding parameters to the asm and may be inspected to avoid\n\ |
| 3442 | clobbering a register that is an input or output of the asm. You can use\n\ |
| 3443 | @code{tree_overlaps_hard_reg_set}, declared in @file{tree.h}, to test\n\ |
| 3444 | for overlap with regards to asm-declared registers.", |
| 3445 | tree, (tree outputs, tree inputs, tree clobbers), |
| 3446 | hook_tree_tree_tree_tree_3rd_identity) |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention |
| 3449 | in the debug information. This function actually returns an |
| 3450 | enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations |
| 3451 | and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included |
| 3452 | the function is being declared as an int. */ |
| 3453 | DEFHOOK |
| 3454 | (dwarf_calling_convention, |
| 3455 | "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\ |
| 3456 | be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\ |
| 3457 | value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.", |
| 3458 | int, (const_tree function), |
| 3459 | hook_int_const_tree_0) |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that |
| 3462 | contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info |
| 3463 | engine will invoke it on insns of the form |
| 3464 | (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX)) |
| 3465 | and |
| 3466 | (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX)) |
| 3467 | to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */ |
| 3468 | DEFHOOK |
| 3469 | (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec, |
| 3470 | "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\ |
| 3471 | contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\ |
| 3472 | info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\ |
| 3473 | @smallexample\n\ |
| 3474 | (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\ |
| 3475 | @end smallexample\n\ |
| 3476 | and\n\ |
| 3477 | @smallexample\n\ |
| 3478 | (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\ |
| 3479 | @end smallexample\n\ |
| 3480 | to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\ |
| 3481 | the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\ |
| 3482 | the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.", |
| 3483 | void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL) |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ |
| 3486 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 3487 | (stdarg_optimize_hook, |
| 3488 | "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\ |
| 3489 | from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\ |
| 3490 | the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.", |
| 3491 | bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const_gimple stmt), NULL) |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL |
| 3494 | that represents the external variable that contains the stack |
| 3495 | protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */ |
| 3496 | DEFHOOK |
| 3497 | (stack_protect_guard, |
| 3498 | "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\ |
| 3499 | for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\ |
| 3500 | runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\ |
| 3501 | that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\ |
| 3502 | variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\ |
| 3503 | \n\ |
| 3504 | The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\ |
| 3505 | @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.", |
| 3506 | tree, (void), |
| 3507 | default_stack_protect_guard) |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR |
| 3510 | that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */ |
| 3511 | DEFHOOK |
| 3512 | (stack_protect_fail, |
| 3513 | "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\ |
| 3514 | stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\ |
| 3515 | involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\ |
| 3516 | \n\ |
| 3517 | The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\ |
| 3518 | @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\ |
| 3519 | normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.", |
| 3520 | tree, (void), |
| 3521 | default_external_stack_protect_fail) |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | DEFHOOK |
| 3524 | (can_use_doloop_p, |
| 3525 | "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\ |
| 3526 | and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\ |
| 3527 | exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\ |
| 3528 | the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\ |
| 3529 | the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\ |
| 3530 | contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\ |
| 3531 | loop is only entered from the top.\n\ |
| 3532 | \n\ |
| 3533 | This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\ |
| 3534 | implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\ |
| 3535 | if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.", |
| 3536 | bool, (double_int iterations, double_int iterations_max, |
| 3537 | unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top), |
| 3538 | hook_bool_dint_dint_uint_bool_true) |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block, |
| 3541 | otherwise it returns an error message. */ |
| 3542 | DEFHOOK |
| 3543 | (invalid_within_doloop, |
| 3544 | "\n\ |
| 3545 | Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\ |
| 3546 | low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\ |
| 3547 | could not be applied.\n\ |
| 3548 | \n\ |
| 3549 | Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\ |
| 3550 | instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\ |
| 3551 | the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\ |
| 3552 | By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\ |
| 3553 | loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.", |
| 3554 | const char *, (const_rtx insn), |
| 3555 | default_invalid_within_doloop) |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */ |
| 3558 | DEFHOOK |
| 3559 | (legitimate_combined_insn, |
| 3560 | "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\ |
| 3561 | is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\ |
| 3562 | default is to accept all instructions.", |
| 3563 | bool, (rtx insn), |
| 3564 | hook_bool_rtx_true) |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | DEFHOOK |
| 3567 | (valid_dllimport_attribute_p, |
| 3568 | "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\ |
| 3569 | specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\ |
| 3570 | checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.", |
| 3571 | bool, (const_tree decl), |
| 3572 | hook_bool_const_tree_true) |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this |
| 3575 | value. */ |
| 3576 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 3577 | (const_anchor, |
| 3578 | "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\ |
| 3579 | a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\ |
| 3580 | is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\ |
| 3581 | is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\ |
| 3582 | subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\ |
| 3583 | the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\ |
| 3584 | available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\ |
| 3585 | constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\ |
| 3586 | down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\ |
| 3587 | @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\ |
| 3588 | accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\ |
| 3589 | value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\ |
| 3590 | MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\ |
| 3591 | @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\ |
| 3592 | is zero, which disables this optimization.", |
| 3593 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */ |
| 3596 | DEFHOOK |
| 3597 | (memmodel_check, |
| 3598 | "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\ |
| 3599 | memory model bits are allowed.", |
| 3600 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL) |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding |
| 3603 | Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not |
| 3604 | supported by the target. */ |
| 3605 | DEFHOOK |
| 3606 | (asan_shadow_offset, |
| 3607 | "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\ |
| 3608 | Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\ |
| 3609 | supported by the target.", |
| 3610 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), |
| 3611 | NULL) |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */ |
| 3614 | /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */ |
| 3615 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls) |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | DEFHOOK |
| 3618 | (promote_function_mode, |
| 3619 | "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\ |
| 3620 | function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\ |
| 3621 | and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\ |
| 3622 | change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\ |
| 3623 | pointer} types.\n\ |
| 3624 | \n\ |
| 3625 | @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\ |
| 3626 | return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\ |
| 3627 | @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\ |
| 3628 | If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\ |
| 3629 | which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\ |
| 3630 | then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\ |
| 3631 | the signedness may be different.\n\ |
| 3632 | \n\ |
| 3633 | @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\ |
| 3634 | \n\ |
| 3635 | The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\ |
| 3636 | also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\ |
| 3637 | if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.", |
| 3638 | enum machine_mode, (const_tree type, enum machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp, |
| 3639 | const_tree funtype, int for_return), |
| 3640 | default_promote_function_mode) |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | DEFHOOK |
| 3643 | (promote_prototypes, |
| 3644 | "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\ |
| 3645 | prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\ |
| 3646 | passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\ |
| 3647 | cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\ |
| 3648 | The default is to not promote prototypes.", |
| 3649 | bool, (const_tree fntype), |
| 3650 | hook_bool_const_tree_false) |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | DEFHOOK |
| 3653 | (struct_value_rtx, |
| 3654 | "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\ |
| 3655 | address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\ |
| 3656 | passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\ |
| 3657 | be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\ |
| 3658 | hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\ |
| 3659 | argument.\n\ |
| 3660 | \n\ |
| 3661 | On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\ |
| 3662 | is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\ |
| 3663 | caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\ |
| 3664 | be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\ |
| 3665 | @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\ |
| 3666 | the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\ |
| 3667 | the caller.\n\ |
| 3668 | \n\ |
| 3669 | If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\ |
| 3670 | stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\ |
| 3671 | @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\ |
| 3672 | structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\ |
| 3673 | to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.", |
| 3674 | rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming), |
| 3675 | hook_rtx_tree_int_null) |
| 3676 | DEFHOOK |
| 3677 | (return_in_memory, |
| 3678 | "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\ |
| 3679 | function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\ |
| 3680 | Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\ |
| 3681 | will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\ |
| 3682 | libcalls.\n\ |
| 3683 | \n\ |
| 3684 | Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\ |
| 3685 | by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\ |
| 3686 | takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\ |
| 3687 | possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\ |
| 3688 | definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\ |
| 3689 | values, and 0 otherwise.\n\ |
| 3690 | \n\ |
| 3691 | Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\ |
| 3692 | be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\ |
| 3693 | to indicate this.", |
| 3694 | bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype), |
| 3695 | default_return_in_memory) |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | DEFHOOK |
| 3698 | (return_in_msb, |
| 3699 | "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\ |
| 3700 | at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\ |
| 3701 | padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\ |
| 3702 | is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\ |
| 3703 | \n\ |
| 3704 | Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\ |
| 3705 | be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\ |
| 3706 | or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\ |
| 3707 | 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\ |
| 3708 | @code{SImode} rtx.", |
| 3709 | bool, (const_tree type), |
| 3710 | hook_bool_const_tree_false) |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may |
| 3713 | be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is |
| 3714 | from __builtin_va_arg. */ |
| 3715 | DEFHOOK |
| 3716 | (pass_by_reference, |
| 3717 | "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\ |
| 3718 | position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\ |
| 3719 | predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\ |
| 3720 | passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\ |
| 3721 | \n\ |
| 3722 | If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\ |
| 3723 | pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\ |
| 3724 | The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\ |
| 3725 | to that type.", |
| 3726 | bool, |
| 3727 | (cumulative_args_t cum, enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named), |
| 3728 | hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false) |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | DEFHOOK |
| 3731 | (expand_builtin_saveregs, |
| 3732 | "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\ |
| 3733 | @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\ |
| 3734 | beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\ |
| 3735 | return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\ |
| 3736 | to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.", |
| 3737 | rtx, (void), |
| 3738 | default_expand_builtin_saveregs) |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */ |
| 3741 | DEFHOOK |
| 3742 | (setup_incoming_varargs, |
| 3743 | "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\ |
| 3744 | @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\ |
| 3745 | @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\ |
| 3746 | register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\ |
| 3747 | have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\ |
| 3748 | use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\ |
| 3749 | pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\ |
| 3750 | \n\ |
| 3751 | The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\ |
| 3752 | structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\ |
| 3753 | named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\ |
| 3754 | last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\ |
| 3755 | \n\ |
| 3756 | The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\ |
| 3757 | argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\ |
| 3758 | store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\ |
| 3759 | variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\ |
| 3760 | store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\ |
| 3761 | frame.\n\ |
| 3762 | \n\ |
| 3763 | Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\ |
| 3764 | compile time without knowing their data types,\n\ |
| 3765 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\ |
| 3766 | have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\ |
| 3767 | for all data types.\n\ |
| 3768 | \n\ |
| 3769 | If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\ |
| 3770 | arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\ |
| 3771 | happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\ |
| 3772 | end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\ |
| 3773 | not generate any instructions in this case.", |
| 3774 | void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, |
| 3775 | int *pretend_args_size, int second_time), |
| 3776 | default_setup_incoming_varargs) |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | DEFHOOK |
| 3779 | (strict_argument_naming, |
| 3780 | "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\ |
| 3781 | argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\ |
| 3782 | \n\ |
| 3783 | This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ |
| 3784 | is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\ |
| 3785 | @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\ |
| 3786 | arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\ |
| 3787 | but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\ |
| 3788 | then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\ |
| 3789 | except the last are treated as named.\n\ |
| 3790 | \n\ |
| 3791 | You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.", |
| 3792 | bool, (cumulative_args_t ca), |
| 3793 | hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false) |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | /* Returns true if we should use |
| 3796 | targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or |
| 3797 | targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */ |
| 3798 | DEFHOOK |
| 3799 | (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named, |
| 3800 | "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\ |
| 3801 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\ |
| 3802 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\ |
| 3803 | defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\ |
| 3804 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\ |
| 3805 | Otherwise, you should not define this hook.", |
| 3806 | bool, (cumulative_args_t ca), |
| 3807 | default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named) |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T |
| 3810 | should be passed as two scalars. */ |
| 3811 | DEFHOOK |
| 3812 | (split_complex_arg, |
| 3813 | "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\ |
| 3814 | as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\ |
| 3815 | arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\ |
| 3816 | to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\ |
| 3817 | AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\ |
| 3818 | registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\ |
| 3819 | point register.\n\ |
| 3820 | \n\ |
| 3821 | The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\ |
| 3822 | false.", |
| 3823 | bool, (const_tree type), NULL) |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers, |
| 3826 | but must be passed on the stack. */ |
| 3827 | /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference. |
| 3828 | Need audit to verify that this is the case. */ |
| 3829 | DEFHOOK |
| 3830 | (must_pass_in_stack, |
| 3831 | "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\ |
| 3832 | solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\ |
| 3833 | definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\ |
| 3834 | documentation.", |
| 3835 | bool, (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type), |
| 3836 | must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad) |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference, |
| 3839 | should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than |
| 3840 | the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */ |
| 3841 | DEFHOOK |
| 3842 | (callee_copies, |
| 3843 | "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\ |
| 3844 | known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\ |
| 3845 | function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\ |
| 3846 | by the caller.\n\ |
| 3847 | \n\ |
| 3848 | For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\ |
| 3849 | determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\ |
| 3850 | not be generated.\n\ |
| 3851 | \n\ |
| 3852 | The default version of this hook always returns false.", |
| 3853 | bool, |
| 3854 | (cumulative_args_t cum, enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named), |
| 3855 | hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false) |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely |
| 3858 | in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed |
| 3859 | in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */ |
| 3860 | DEFHOOK |
| 3861 | (arg_partial_bytes, |
| 3862 | "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\ |
| 3863 | argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\ |
| 3864 | arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\ |
| 3865 | pushed on the stack.\n\ |
| 3866 | \n\ |
| 3867 | On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\ |
| 3868 | registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\ |
| 3869 | first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\ |
| 3870 | on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\ |
| 3871 | structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\ |
| 3872 | in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\ |
| 3873 | compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\ |
| 3874 | \n\ |
| 3875 | @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\ |
| 3876 | register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\ |
| 3877 | @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.", |
| 3878 | int, (cumulative_args_t cum, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named), |
| 3879 | hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0) |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the |
| 3882 | argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that |
| 3883 | argument. */ |
| 3884 | DEFHOOK |
| 3885 | (function_arg_advance, |
| 3886 | "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\ |
| 3887 | advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\ |
| 3888 | @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\ |
| 3889 | the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\ |
| 3890 | argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\ |
| 3891 | \n\ |
| 3892 | This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\ |
| 3893 | on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\ |
| 3894 | used for arguments without any special help.", |
| 3895 | void, |
| 3896 | (cumulative_args_t ca, enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named), |
| 3897 | default_function_arg_advance) |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should |
| 3900 | be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the |
| 3901 | argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that |
| 3902 | argument. */ |
| 3903 | DEFHOOK |
| 3904 | (function_arg, |
| 3905 | "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\ |
| 3906 | register and if so, which register.\n\ |
| 3907 | \n\ |
| 3908 | The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\ |
| 3909 | arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\ |
| 3910 | the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\ |
| 3911 | (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\ |
| 3912 | which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\ |
| 3913 | nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\ |
| 3914 | function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\ |
| 3915 | syntax error has previously occurred.\n\ |
| 3916 | \n\ |
| 3917 | The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\ |
| 3918 | register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\ |
| 3919 | on the stack.\n\ |
| 3920 | \n\ |
| 3921 | The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\ |
| 3922 | used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\ |
| 3923 | @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\ |
| 3924 | @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\ |
| 3925 | describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\ |
| 3926 | @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\ |
| 3927 | register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\ |
| 3928 | register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\ |
| 3929 | second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\ |
| 3930 | the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\ |
| 3931 | As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\ |
| 3932 | RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\ |
| 3933 | argument is also stored on the stack.\n\ |
| 3934 | \n\ |
| 3935 | The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\ |
| 3936 | VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\ |
| 3937 | pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\ |
| 3938 | \n\ |
| 3939 | @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\ |
| 3940 | The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\ |
| 3941 | machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\ |
| 3942 | cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\ |
| 3943 | done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\ |
| 3944 | @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\ |
| 3945 | \n\ |
| 3946 | @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ |
| 3947 | @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ |
| 3948 | You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\ |
| 3949 | in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\ |
| 3950 | type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\ |
| 3951 | is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\ |
| 3952 | argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\ |
| 3953 | defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\ |
| 3954 | a register.", |
| 3955 | rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type, |
| 3956 | bool named), |
| 3957 | default_function_arg) |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | /* Likewise, but for machines with register windows. Return the |
| 3960 | location where the argument will appear to the callee. */ |
| 3961 | DEFHOOK |
| 3962 | (function_incoming_arg, |
| 3963 | "Define this hook if the target machine has ``register windows'', so\n\ |
| 3964 | that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not\n\ |
| 3965 | necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the\n\ |
| 3966 | argument.\n\ |
| 3967 | \n\ |
| 3968 | For such machines, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\ |
| 3969 | which the caller passes the value, and\n\ |
| 3970 | @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\ |
| 3971 | fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\ |
| 3972 | arrive.\n\ |
| 3973 | \n\ |
| 3974 | If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\ |
| 3975 | @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.", |
| 3976 | rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type, |
| 3977 | bool named), |
| 3978 | default_function_incoming_arg) |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | DEFHOOK |
| 3981 | (function_arg_boundary, |
| 3982 | "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\ |
| 3983 | with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\ |
| 3984 | @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.", |
| 3985 | unsigned int, (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type), |
| 3986 | default_function_arg_boundary) |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | DEFHOOK |
| 3989 | (function_arg_round_boundary, |
| 3990 | "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\ |
| 3991 | which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\ |
| 3992 | return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\ |
| 3993 | value.", |
| 3994 | unsigned int, (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type), |
| 3995 | default_function_arg_round_boundary) |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype |
| 3998 | is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */ |
| 3999 | DEFHOOK |
| 4000 | (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn, |
| 4001 | "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ |
| 4002 | illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\ |
| 4003 | with prototype @var{typelist}.", |
| 4004 | const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val), |
| 4005 | hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn) |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function |
| 4008 | specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */ |
| 4009 | DEFHOOK |
| 4010 | (function_value, |
| 4011 | "\n\ |
| 4012 | Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\ |
| 4013 | returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\ |
| 4014 | representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\ |
| 4015 | representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\ |
| 4016 | function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\ |
| 4017 | compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\ |
| 4018 | Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\ |
| 4019 | a function returns a value.\n\ |
| 4020 | \n\ |
| 4021 | On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\ |
| 4022 | (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\ |
| 4023 | place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\ |
| 4024 | @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\ |
| 4025 | The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\ |
| 4026 | multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\ |
| 4027 | @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\ |
| 4028 | location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\ |
| 4029 | the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\ |
| 4030 | that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\ |
| 4031 | port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\ |
| 4032 | @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\ |
| 4033 | \n\ |
| 4034 | If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\ |
| 4035 | the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\ |
| 4036 | @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\ |
| 4037 | \n\ |
| 4038 | If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\ |
| 4039 | node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\ |
| 4040 | pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\ |
| 4041 | convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\ |
| 4042 | known.\n\ |
| 4043 | \n\ |
| 4044 | Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\ |
| 4045 | which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\ |
| 4046 | the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\ |
| 4047 | different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\ |
| 4048 | \n\ |
| 4049 | @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\ |
| 4050 | aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\ |
| 4051 | @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.", |
| 4052 | rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing), |
| 4053 | default_function_value) |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE, |
| 4056 | calling the function FN_NAME. */ |
| 4057 | DEFHOOK |
| 4058 | (libcall_value, |
| 4059 | "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\ |
| 4060 | function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\ |
| 4061 | \n\ |
| 4062 | The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\ |
| 4063 | library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\ |
| 4064 | representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\ |
| 4065 | \n\ |
| 4066 | If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.", |
| 4067 | rtx, (enum machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun), |
| 4068 | default_libcall_value) |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 | /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for |
| 4071 | a function value as seen by the caller. */ |
| 4072 | DEFHOOK |
| 4073 | (function_value_regno_p, |
| 4074 | "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\ |
| 4075 | register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\ |
| 4076 | \n\ |
| 4077 | A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\ |
| 4078 | second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\ |
| 4079 | recognized by this target hook.\n\ |
| 4080 | \n\ |
| 4081 | If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\ |
| 4082 | function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\ |
| 4083 | should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\ |
| 4084 | \n\ |
| 4085 | If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.", |
| 4086 | bool, (const unsigned int regno), |
| 4087 | default_function_value_regno_p) |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ |
| 4090 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 4091 | (internal_arg_pointer, |
| 4092 | "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\ |
| 4093 | current function.", |
| 4094 | rtx, (void), |
| 4095 | default_internal_arg_pointer) |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */ |
| 4098 | DEFHOOK |
| 4099 | (update_stack_boundary, |
| 4100 | "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\ |
| 4101 | necessary.", |
| 4102 | void, (void), NULL) |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign |
| 4105 | Argument Pointer if necessary. */ |
| 4106 | DEFHOOK |
| 4107 | (get_drap_rtx, |
| 4108 | "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\ |
| 4109 | different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\ |
| 4110 | argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\ |
| 4111 | is needed.", |
| 4112 | rtx, (void), NULL) |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the |
| 4115 | stack. */ |
| 4116 | DEFHOOK |
| 4117 | (allocate_stack_slots_for_args, |
| 4118 | "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\ |
| 4119 | arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\ |
| 4120 | stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\ |
| 4121 | debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\ |
| 4122 | @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\ |
| 4123 | cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\ |
| 4124 | to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\ |
| 4125 | false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.", |
| 4126 | bool, (void), |
| 4127 | hook_bool_void_true) |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL. If INCOMING_P is true, |
| 4130 | then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */ |
| 4131 | DEFHOOK |
| 4132 | (static_chain, |
| 4133 | "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\ |
| 4134 | targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\ |
| 4135 | nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\ |
| 4136 | attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\ |
| 4137 | those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\ |
| 4138 | \n\ |
| 4139 | The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\ |
| 4140 | \n\ |
| 4141 | If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\ |
| 4142 | provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\ |
| 4143 | Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\ |
| 4144 | from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\ |
| 4145 | will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\ |
| 4146 | @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\ |
| 4147 | @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\ |
| 4148 | @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\ |
| 4149 | The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\ |
| 4150 | @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\ |
| 4151 | to refer to those items.", |
| 4152 | rtx, (const_tree fndecl, bool incoming_p), |
| 4153 | default_static_chain) |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a |
| 4156 | static chain value of CHAIN. */ |
| 4157 | DEFHOOK |
| 4158 | (trampoline_init, |
| 4159 | "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\ |
| 4160 | @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\ |
| 4161 | is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\ |
| 4162 | RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\ |
| 4163 | when it is called.\n\ |
| 4164 | \n\ |
| 4165 | If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\ |
| 4166 | first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\ |
| 4167 | from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\ |
| 4168 | Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\ |
| 4169 | trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\ |
| 4170 | to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\ |
| 4171 | \n\ |
| 4172 | If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\ |
| 4173 | enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\ |
| 4174 | initializing the trampoline proper.", |
| 4175 | void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain), |
| 4176 | default_trampoline_init) |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */ |
| 4179 | DEFHOOK |
| 4180 | (trampoline_adjust_address, |
| 4181 | "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\ |
| 4182 | the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\ |
| 4183 | memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\ |
| 4184 | the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\ |
| 4185 | address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\ |
| 4186 | be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\ |
| 4187 | If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.", |
| 4188 | rtx, (rtx addr), NULL) |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function |
| 4191 | pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the |
| 4192 | caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */ |
| 4193 | /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */ |
| 4194 | DEFHOOK |
| 4195 | (return_pops_args, |
| 4196 | "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\ |
| 4197 | a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\ |
| 4198 | and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\ |
| 4199 | \n\ |
| 4200 | @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\ |
| 4201 | the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\ |
| 4202 | @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\ |
| 4203 | From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\ |
| 4204 | \n\ |
| 4205 | @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\ |
| 4206 | describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\ |
| 4207 | @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\ |
| 4208 | From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\ |
| 4209 | arguments (if known).\n\ |
| 4210 | \n\ |
| 4211 | When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\ |
| 4212 | will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\ |
| 4213 | you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\ |
| 4214 | by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\ |
| 4215 | a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\ |
| 4216 | in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\ |
| 4217 | \n\ |
| 4218 | @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\ |
| 4219 | stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\ |
| 4220 | argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\ |
| 4221 | \n\ |
| 4222 | On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\ |
| 4223 | of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\ |
| 4224 | calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\ |
| 4225 | the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\ |
| 4226 | convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\ |
| 4227 | arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\ |
| 4228 | nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\ |
| 4229 | @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\ |
| 4230 | number of arguments.", |
| 4231 | int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size), |
| 4232 | default_return_pops_args) |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be |
| 4235 | returned. */ |
| 4236 | DEFHOOK |
| 4237 | (get_raw_result_mode, |
| 4238 | "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\ |
| 4239 | registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\ |
| 4240 | in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.", |
| 4241 | enum machine_mode, (int regno), |
| 4242 | default_get_reg_raw_mode) |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be |
| 4245 | passed. */ |
| 4246 | DEFHOOK |
| 4247 | (get_raw_arg_mode, |
| 4248 | "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\ |
| 4249 | registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\ |
| 4250 | in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.", |
| 4251 | enum machine_mode, (int regno), |
| 4252 | default_get_reg_raw_mode) |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls) |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE |
| 4257 | to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */ |
| 4258 | DEFHOOK |
| 4259 | (invalid_conversion, |
| 4260 | "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ |
| 4261 | invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\ |
| 4262 | if validity should be determined by the front end.", |
| 4263 | const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype), |
| 4264 | hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null) |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is |
| 4267 | not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */ |
| 4268 | DEFHOOK |
| 4269 | (invalid_unary_op, |
| 4270 | "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ |
| 4271 | invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\ |
| 4272 | @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\ |
| 4273 | if validity should be determined by the front end.", |
| 4274 | const char *, (int op, const_tree type), |
| 4275 | hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null) |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 | /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP |
| 4278 | is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */ |
| 4279 | DEFHOOK |
| 4280 | (invalid_binary_op, |
| 4281 | "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ |
| 4282 | invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\ |
| 4283 | and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\ |
| 4284 | the front end.", |
| 4285 | const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2), |
| 4286 | hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null) |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | /* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a |
| 4289 | function parameter type, NULL otherwise. */ |
| 4290 | DEFHOOK |
| 4291 | (invalid_parameter_type, |
| 4292 | "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ |
| 4293 | invalid for functions to include parameters of type @var{type},\n\ |
| 4294 | or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\ |
| 4295 | the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", |
| 4296 | const char *, (const_tree type), |
| 4297 | hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null) |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | /* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a |
| 4300 | function return type, NULL otherwise. */ |
| 4301 | DEFHOOK |
| 4302 | (invalid_return_type, |
| 4303 | "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ |
| 4304 | invalid for functions to have return type @var{type},\n\ |
| 4305 | or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\ |
| 4306 | the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", |
| 4307 | const char *, (const_tree type), |
| 4308 | hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null) |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in |
| 4311 | expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type, |
| 4312 | or NULL_TREE otherwise. */ |
| 4313 | DEFHOOK |
| 4314 | (promoted_type, |
| 4315 | "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\ |
| 4316 | @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\ |
| 4317 | analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\ |
| 4318 | front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\ |
| 4319 | target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\ |
| 4320 | This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", |
| 4321 | tree, (const_tree type), |
| 4322 | hook_tree_const_tree_null) |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion |
| 4325 | rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply |
| 4326 | the standard conversion rules. */ |
| 4327 | DEFHOOK |
| 4328 | (convert_to_type, |
| 4329 | "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\ |
| 4330 | @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\ |
| 4331 | or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\ |
| 4332 | This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\ |
| 4333 | conversion rules.\n\ |
| 4334 | This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", |
| 4335 | tree, (tree type, tree expr), |
| 4336 | hook_tree_tree_tree_null) |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */ |
| 4339 | DEFHOOK |
| 4340 | (lra_p, |
| 4341 | "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\ |
| 4342 | It means that LRA was ported to the target.\ |
| 4343 | \ |
| 4344 | The default version of this target hook returns always false.", |
| 4345 | bool, (void), |
| 4346 | default_lra_p) |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */ |
| 4349 | DEFHOOK |
| 4350 | (register_priority, |
| 4351 | "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\ |
| 4352 | register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\ |
| 4353 | more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\ |
| 4354 | the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\ |
| 4355 | others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\ |
| 4356 | additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\ |
| 4357 | return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\ |
| 4358 | and as result making the generated code smaller.\ |
| 4359 | \ |
| 4360 | The default version of this target hook returns always zero.", |
| 4361 | int, (int), |
| 4362 | default_register_priority) |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 | /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */ |
| 4365 | DEFHOOK |
| 4366 | (register_usage_leveling_p, |
| 4367 | "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\ |
| 4368 | That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\ |
| 4369 | assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\ |
| 4370 | usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\ |
| 4371 | usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\ |
| 4372 | with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\ |
| 4373 | optimizations.\ |
| 4374 | \ |
| 4375 | The default version of this target hook returns always false.", |
| 4376 | bool, (void), |
| 4377 | default_register_usage_leveling_p) |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */ |
| 4380 | DEFHOOK |
| 4381 | (different_addr_displacement_p, |
| 4382 | "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\ |
| 4383 | can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\ |
| 4384 | displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\ |
| 4385 | the insn.\ |
| 4386 | \ |
| 4387 | The default version of this target hook returns always false.", |
| 4388 | bool, (void), |
| 4389 | default_different_addr_displacement_p) |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers |
| 4392 | instead of memory. */ |
| 4393 | DEFHOOK |
| 4394 | (spill_class, |
| 4395 | "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\ |
| 4396 | pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\ |
| 4397 | should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\ |
| 4398 | @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.", |
| 4399 | reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, enum machine_mode), |
| 4400 | NULL) |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | DEFHOOK |
| 4403 | (cstore_mode, |
| 4404 | "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\ |
| 4405 | conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\ |
| 4406 | for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\ |
| 4407 | as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\ |
| 4408 | patterns.", |
| 4409 | enum machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode), |
| 4410 | default_cstore_mode) |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should |
| 4413 | be accessed using BLKmode. */ |
| 4414 | DEFHOOK |
| 4415 | (member_type_forces_blk, |
| 4416 | "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\ |
| 4417 | be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\ |
| 4418 | \n\ |
| 4419 | If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\ |
| 4420 | mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\ |
| 4421 | case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\ |
| 4422 | retain the field's mode.\n\ |
| 4423 | \n\ |
| 4424 | Normally, this is not needed.", |
| 4425 | bool, (const_tree field, enum machine_mode mode), |
| 4426 | default_member_type_forces_blk) |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */ |
| 4429 | DEFHOOK |
| 4430 | (secondary_reload, |
| 4431 | "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\ |
| 4432 | from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\ |
| 4433 | @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\ |
| 4434 | from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\ |
| 4435 | term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\ |
| 4436 | directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\ |
| 4437 | register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\ |
| 4438 | destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\ |
| 4439 | source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\ |
| 4440 | reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\ |
| 4441 | and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\ |
| 4442 | intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\ |
| 4443 | \n\ |
| 4444 | Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\ |
| 4445 | allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\ |
| 4446 | register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\ |
| 4447 | address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\ |
| 4448 | when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\ |
| 4449 | as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\ |
| 4450 | that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\ |
| 4451 | describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\ |
| 4452 | these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\ |
| 4453 | of the scratch register(s).\n\ |
| 4454 | \n\ |
| 4455 | In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\ |
| 4456 | \n\ |
| 4457 | For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\ |
| 4458 | and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\ |
| 4459 | @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\ |
| 4460 | hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\ |
| 4461 | needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\ |
| 4462 | \n\ |
| 4463 | If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\ |
| 4464 | an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\ |
| 4465 | return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\ |
| 4466 | If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\ |
| 4467 | If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\ |
| 4468 | that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\ |
| 4469 | \n\ |
| 4470 | If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\ |
| 4471 | perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\ |
| 4472 | closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\ |
| 4473 | required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\ |
| 4474 | copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\ |
| 4475 | \n\ |
| 4476 | You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\ |
| 4477 | in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\ |
| 4478 | and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\ |
| 4479 | for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\ |
| 4480 | single-register-class\n\ |
| 4481 | @c [later: or memory]\n\ |
| 4482 | output constraint.\n\ |
| 4483 | \n\ |
| 4484 | When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\ |
| 4485 | hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\ |
| 4486 | register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\ |
| 4487 | have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\ |
| 4488 | \n\ |
| 4489 | @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\ |
| 4490 | @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\ |
| 4491 | @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\ |
| 4492 | @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\ |
| 4493 | @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\ |
| 4494 | @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\ |
| 4495 | @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\ |
| 4496 | @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\ |
| 4497 | \n\ |
| 4498 | \n\ |
| 4499 | @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\ |
| 4500 | pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\ |
| 4501 | Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\ |
| 4502 | in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\ |
| 4503 | \n\ |
| 4504 | Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\ |
| 4505 | currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\ |
| 4506 | to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\ |
| 4507 | \n\ |
| 4508 | @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\ |
| 4509 | copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\ |
| 4510 | (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\ |
| 4511 | Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\ |
| 4512 | of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\ |
| 4513 | forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.", |
| 4514 | reg_class_t, |
| 4515 | (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, enum machine_mode reload_mode, |
| 4516 | secondary_reload_info *sri), |
| 4517 | default_secondary_reload) |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS, |
| 4520 | return the class of reg to actually use. */ |
| 4521 | DEFHOOK |
| 4522 | (preferred_reload_class, |
| 4523 | "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\ |
| 4524 | to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\ |
| 4525 | @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\ |
| 4526 | another, smaller class.\n\ |
| 4527 | \n\ |
| 4528 | The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\ |
| 4529 | \n\ |
| 4530 | Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\ |
| 4531 | example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\ |
| 4532 | for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\ |
| 4533 | @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\ |
| 4534 | Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\ |
| 4535 | \n\ |
| 4536 | One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\ |
| 4537 | @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\ |
| 4538 | loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\ |
| 4539 | force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\ |
| 4540 | immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\ |
| 4541 | instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\ |
| 4542 | register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\ |
| 4543 | @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\ |
| 4544 | into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\ |
| 4545 | @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\ |
| 4546 | of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\ |
| 4547 | \n\ |
| 4548 | If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\ |
| 4549 | through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\ |
| 4550 | to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\ |
| 4551 | reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\ |
| 4552 | this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\ |
| 4553 | the SSE registers (and vice versa).", |
| 4554 | reg_class_t, |
| 4555 | (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass), |
| 4556 | default_preferred_reload_class) |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of |
| 4559 | input reloads. */ |
| 4560 | DEFHOOK |
| 4561 | (preferred_output_reload_class, |
| 4562 | "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\ |
| 4563 | input reloads.\n\ |
| 4564 | \n\ |
| 4565 | The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\ |
| 4566 | argument.\n\ |
| 4567 | \n\ |
| 4568 | You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\ |
| 4569 | reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.", |
| 4570 | reg_class_t, |
| 4571 | (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass), |
| 4572 | default_preferred_output_reload_class) |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | DEFHOOK |
| 4575 | (class_likely_spilled_p, |
| 4576 | "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\ |
| 4577 | to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\ |
| 4578 | registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\ |
| 4579 | \n\ |
| 4580 | The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\ |
| 4581 | has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\ |
| 4582 | default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\ |
| 4583 | i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\ |
| 4584 | can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\ |
| 4585 | \n\ |
| 4586 | This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\ |
| 4587 | transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\ |
| 4588 | pressure.", |
| 4589 | bool, (reg_class_t rclass), |
| 4590 | default_class_likely_spilled_p) |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers |
| 4593 | needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */ |
| 4594 | DEFHOOK |
| 4595 | (class_max_nregs, |
| 4596 | "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\ |
| 4597 | of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\ |
| 4598 | \n\ |
| 4599 | This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\ |
| 4600 | the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\ |
| 4601 | @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\ |
| 4602 | @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\ |
| 4603 | values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\ |
| 4604 | \n\ |
| 4605 | This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\ |
| 4606 | in the reload pass.\n\ |
| 4607 | \n\ |
| 4608 | The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\ |
| 4609 | in words.", |
| 4610 | unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, enum machine_mode mode), |
| 4611 | default_class_max_nregs) |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | DEFHOOK |
| 4614 | (preferred_rename_class, |
| 4615 | "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\ |
| 4616 | class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\ |
| 4617 | @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\ |
| 4618 | preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\ |
| 4619 | is not implemented.\ |
| 4620 | Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\ |
| 4621 | example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\ |
| 4622 | smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\ |
| 4623 | @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\ |
| 4624 | be reduced.", |
| 4625 | reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass), |
| 4626 | default_preferred_rename_class) |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional |
| 4629 | processing while initializing for variable expansion. */ |
| 4630 | DEFHOOK |
| 4631 | (expand_to_rtl_hook, |
| 4632 | "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\ |
| 4633 | to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\ |
| 4634 | For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\ |
| 4635 | for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\ |
| 4636 | registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\ |
| 4637 | usage.", |
| 4638 | void, (void), |
| 4639 | hook_void_void) |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional |
| 4642 | instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet, |
| 4643 | but will be later. */ |
| 4644 | DEFHOOK |
| 4645 | (instantiate_decls, |
| 4646 | "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\ |
| 4647 | that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.", |
| 4648 | void, (void), |
| 4649 | hook_void_void) |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register |
| 4652 | in peephole2. */ |
| 4653 | DEFHOOK |
| 4654 | (hard_regno_scratch_ok, |
| 4655 | "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\ |
| 4656 | @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\ |
| 4657 | \n\ |
| 4658 | One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\ |
| 4659 | is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\ |
| 4660 | \n\ |
| 4661 | The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.", |
| 4662 | bool, (unsigned int regno), |
| 4663 | default_hard_regno_scratch_ok) |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to |
| 4666 | use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */ |
| 4667 | DEFHOOK |
| 4668 | (case_values_threshold, |
| 4669 | "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\ |
| 4670 | is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\ |
| 4671 | The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\ |
| 4672 | five otherwise. This is best for most machines.", |
| 4673 | unsigned int, (void), |
| 4674 | default_case_values_threshold) |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | /* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */ |
| 4677 | DEFHOOK |
| 4678 | (frame_pointer_required, |
| 4679 | "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\ |
| 4680 | a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\ |
| 4681 | value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\ |
| 4682 | \n\ |
| 4683 | This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\ |
| 4684 | according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\ |
| 4685 | constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\ |
| 4686 | to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\ |
| 4687 | Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\ |
| 4688 | pointer.\n\ |
| 4689 | \n\ |
| 4690 | In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\ |
| 4691 | without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\ |
| 4692 | automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\ |
| 4693 | @code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\ |
| 4694 | them.\n\ |
| 4695 | \n\ |
| 4696 | In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\ |
| 4697 | register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\ |
| 4698 | fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\ |
| 4699 | \n\ |
| 4700 | Default return value is @code{false}.", |
| 4701 | bool, (void), |
| 4702 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number |
| 4705 | from-reg with register number to-reg. */ |
| 4706 | DEFHOOK |
| 4707 | (can_eliminate, |
| 4708 | "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\ |
| 4709 | try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\ |
| 4710 | @var{to_reg}. This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\ |
| 4711 | is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\ |
| 4712 | preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\ |
| 4713 | knows about.\n\ |
| 4714 | \n\ |
| 4715 | Default return value is @code{true}.", |
| 4716 | bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg), |
| 4717 | hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true) |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs, |
| 4720 | reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the |
| 4721 | target. */ |
| 4722 | DEFHOOK |
| 4723 | (conditional_register_usage, |
| 4724 | "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\ |
| 4725 | @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\ |
| 4726 | @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\ |
| 4727 | any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\ |
| 4728 | of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\ |
| 4729 | @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\ |
| 4730 | @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\ |
| 4731 | called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\ |
| 4732 | @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\ |
| 4733 | from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\ |
| 4734 | @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\ |
| 4735 | @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\ |
| 4736 | @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\ |
| 4737 | command options have been applied.\n\ |
| 4738 | \n\ |
| 4739 | @cindex disabling certain registers\n\ |
| 4740 | @cindex controlling register usage\n\ |
| 4741 | If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\ |
| 4742 | flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\ |
| 4743 | @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\ |
| 4744 | registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also define\n\ |
| 4745 | the macro @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER} / @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT}\n\ |
| 4746 | to return @code{NO_REGS} if it\n\ |
| 4747 | is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used.\n\ |
| 4748 | \n\ |
| 4749 | (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\ |
| 4750 | of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\ |
| 4751 | controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\ |
| 4752 | these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)", |
| 4753 | void, (void), |
| 4754 | hook_void_void) |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */ |
| 4757 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 4758 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_" |
| 4759 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c) |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ |
| 4762 | DEFHOOK_UNDOC |
| 4763 | (mode_for_suffix, |
| 4764 | "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\ |
| 4765 | or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.", |
| 4766 | enum machine_mode, (char c), |
| 4767 | default_mode_for_suffix) |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (c) |
| 4770 | |
| 4771 | /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */ |
| 4772 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 4773 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_" |
| 4774 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx) |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */ |
| 4777 | DEFHOOK |
| 4778 | (guard_type, |
| 4779 | "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\ |
| 4780 | These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\ |
| 4781 | default is long_long_integer_type_node.", |
| 4782 | tree, (void), |
| 4783 | default_cxx_guard_type) |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */ |
| 4786 | DEFHOOK |
| 4787 | (guard_mask_bit, |
| 4788 | "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\ |
| 4789 | @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\ |
| 4790 | @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.", |
| 4791 | bool, (void), |
| 4792 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */ |
| 4795 | DEFHOOK |
| 4796 | (get_cookie_size, |
| 4797 | "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\ |
| 4798 | whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\ |
| 4799 | known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\ |
| 4800 | @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\ |
| 4801 | IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.", |
| 4802 | tree, (tree type), |
| 4803 | default_cxx_get_cookie_size) |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */ |
| 4806 | DEFHOOK |
| 4807 | (cookie_has_size, |
| 4808 | "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\ |
| 4809 | array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.", |
| 4810 | bool, (void), |
| 4811 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when |
| 4814 | deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */ |
| 4815 | DEFHOOK |
| 4816 | (import_export_class, |
| 4817 | "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\ |
| 4818 | class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\ |
| 4819 | will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\ |
| 4820 | to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\ |
| 4821 | modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\ |
| 4822 | backend's targeted operating system.", |
| 4823 | int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL) |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */ |
| 4826 | DEFHOOK |
| 4827 | (cdtor_returns_this, |
| 4828 | "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\ |
| 4829 | the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\ |
| 4830 | @code{false}.", |
| 4831 | bool, (void), |
| 4832 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline |
| 4835 | function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class |
| 4836 | itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */ |
| 4837 | DEFHOOK |
| 4838 | (key_method_may_be_inline, |
| 4839 | "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\ |
| 4840 | which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\ |
| 4841 | table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\ |
| 4842 | Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\ |
| 4843 | the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\ |
| 4844 | some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\ |
| 4845 | method. The default is to return @code{true}.", |
| 4846 | bool, (void), |
| 4847 | hook_bool_void_true) |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | DEFHOOK |
| 4850 | (determine_class_data_visibility, |
| 4851 | "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\ |
| 4852 | or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\ |
| 4853 | external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\ |
| 4854 | explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\ |
| 4855 | other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\ |
| 4856 | @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.", |
| 4857 | void, (tree decl), |
| 4858 | hook_void_tree) |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other |
| 4861 | similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they |
| 4862 | have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then |
| 4863 | class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in |
| 4864 | only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */ |
| 4865 | DEFHOOK |
| 4866 | (class_data_always_comdat, |
| 4867 | "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\ |
| 4868 | similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\ |
| 4869 | external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\ |
| 4870 | classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\ |
| 4871 | unit will not be COMDAT.", |
| 4872 | bool, (void), |
| 4873 | hook_bool_void_true) |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types, |
| 4876 | which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT; |
| 4877 | false if it should not be COMDAT. */ |
| 4878 | DEFHOOK |
| 4879 | (library_rtti_comdat, |
| 4880 | "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\ |
| 4881 | the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\ |
| 4882 | be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.", |
| 4883 | bool, (void), |
| 4884 | hook_bool_void_true) |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static |
| 4887 | destructors. */ |
| 4888 | DEFHOOK |
| 4889 | (use_aeabi_atexit, |
| 4890 | "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\ |
| 4891 | should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\ |
| 4892 | is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.", |
| 4893 | bool, (void), |
| 4894 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as |
| 4897 | __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */ |
| 4898 | DEFHOOK |
| 4899 | (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit, |
| 4900 | "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\ |
| 4901 | in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\ |
| 4902 | destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\ |
| 4903 | shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\ |
| 4904 | unloaded. The default is to return false.", |
| 4905 | bool, (void), |
| 4906 | hook_bool_void_false) |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | DEFHOOK |
| 4909 | (adjust_class_at_definition, |
| 4910 | "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\ |
| 4911 | been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\ |
| 4912 | visibility or perform any other required target modifications).", |
| 4913 | void, (tree type), |
| 4914 | hook_void_tree) |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | DEFHOOK |
| 4917 | (decl_mangling_context, |
| 4918 | "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.", |
| 4919 | tree, (const_tree decl), |
| 4920 | hook_tree_const_tree_null) |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx) |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */ |
| 4925 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 4926 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_" |
| 4927 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls) |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | /* Name of the address and common functions. */ |
| 4930 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4931 | (get_address, |
| 4932 | "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\ |
| 4933 | object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\ |
| 4934 | emulated TLS helper function to be used.", |
| 4935 | const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address") |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4938 | (register_common, |
| 4939 | "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\ |
| 4940 | program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\ |
| 4941 | initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\ |
| 4942 | have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\ |
| 4943 | registration function to be used.", |
| 4944 | const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common") |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */ |
| 4947 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4948 | (var_section, |
| 4949 | "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\ |
| 4950 | be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\ |
| 4951 | any section.", |
| 4952 | const char *, NULL) |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4955 | (tmpl_section, |
| 4956 | "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\ |
| 4957 | placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\ |
| 4958 | section.", |
| 4959 | const char *, NULL) |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */ |
| 4962 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4963 | (var_prefix, |
| 4964 | "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\ |
| 4965 | The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.", |
| 4966 | const char *, NULL) |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4969 | (tmpl_prefix, |
| 4970 | "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\ |
| 4971 | default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.", |
| 4972 | const char *, NULL) |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */ |
| 4975 | DEFHOOK |
| 4976 | (var_fields, |
| 4977 | "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\ |
| 4978 | object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\ |
| 4979 | @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\ |
| 4980 | @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\ |
| 4981 | for libgcc's emulated TLS function.", |
| 4982 | tree, (tree type, tree *name), |
| 4983 | default_emutls_var_fields) |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */ |
| 4986 | DEFHOOK |
| 4987 | (var_init, |
| 4988 | "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\ |
| 4989 | TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\ |
| 4990 | is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\ |
| 4991 | initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.", |
| 4992 | tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr), |
| 4993 | default_emutls_var_init) |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the |
| 4996 | proxy variable. */ |
| 4997 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 4998 | (var_align_fixed, |
| 4999 | "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\ |
| 5000 | fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\ |
| 5001 | single objects. The default is false.", |
| 5002 | bool, false) |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */ |
| 5005 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5006 | (debug_form_tls_address, |
| 5007 | "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\ |
| 5008 | may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.", |
| 5009 | bool, false) |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls) |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 5014 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_" |
| 5015 | HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks) |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If |
| 5018 | the option is validated, the hook should also fill in |
| 5019 | DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */ |
| 5020 | DEFHOOK |
| 5021 | (valid_attribute_p, |
| 5022 | "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\ |
| 5023 | allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\ |
| 5024 | These function-specific options may differ\n\ |
| 5025 | from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\ |
| 5026 | @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\ |
| 5027 | \n\ |
| 5028 | The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\ |
| 5029 | the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\ |
| 5030 | @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.", |
| 5031 | bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags), |
| 5032 | default_target_option_valid_attribute_p) |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */ |
| 5035 | DEFHOOK |
| 5036 | (save, |
| 5037 | "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\ |
| 5038 | in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\ |
| 5039 | options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\ |
| 5040 | @xref{Option file format}.", |
| 5041 | void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL) |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options |
| 5044 | structure. */ |
| 5045 | DEFHOOK |
| 5046 | (restore, |
| 5047 | "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\ |
| 5048 | information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\ |
| 5049 | function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.", |
| 5050 | void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options |
| 5053 | structure. */ |
| 5054 | DEFHOOK |
| 5055 | (print, |
| 5056 | "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\ |
| 5057 | information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\ |
| 5058 | function-specific options.", |
| 5059 | void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to |
| 5062 | change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is |
| 5063 | NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return |
| 5064 | true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */ |
| 5065 | DEFHOOK |
| 5066 | (pragma_parse, |
| 5067 | "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\ |
| 5068 | sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\ |
| 5069 | input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\ |
| 5070 | @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.", |
| 5071 | bool, (tree args, tree pop_target), |
| 5072 | default_target_option_pragma_parse) |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 | /* Do option overrides for the target. */ |
| 5075 | DEFHOOK |
| 5076 | (override, |
| 5077 | "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\ |
| 5078 | a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\ |
| 5079 | @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\ |
| 5080 | once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\ |
| 5081 | \n\ |
| 5082 | Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\ |
| 5083 | @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\ |
| 5084 | \n\ |
| 5085 | If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\ |
| 5086 | changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\ |
| 5087 | @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}", |
| 5088 | void, (void), |
| 5089 | hook_void_void) |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same |
| 5092 | function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they |
| 5093 | have the same function signature and different target specific attributes, |
| 5094 | that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */ |
| 5095 | DEFHOOK |
| 5096 | (function_versions, |
| 5097 | "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\ |
| 5098 | versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\ |
| 5099 | versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\ |
| 5100 | different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\ |
| 5101 | different target machines.", |
| 5102 | bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2), |
| 5103 | hook_bool_tree_tree_false) |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */ |
| 5106 | #undef HOOK_PREFIX |
| 5107 | #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" |
| 5108 | DEFHOOK |
| 5109 | (can_inline_p, |
| 5110 | "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\ |
| 5111 | cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\ |
| 5112 | default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\ |
| 5113 | specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.", |
| 5114 | bool, (tree caller, tree callee), |
| 5115 | default_target_can_inline_p) |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option) |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 | /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to |
| 5120 | the function, they should define this target hook and set their |
| 5121 | bits in the bitmap passed in. */ |
| 5122 | DEFHOOK |
| 5123 | (extra_live_on_entry, |
| 5124 | "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\ |
| 5125 | function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\ |
| 5126 | cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\ |
| 5127 | registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\ |
| 5128 | TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\ |
| 5129 | FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.", |
| 5130 | void, (bitmap regs), |
| 5131 | hook_void_bitmap) |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */ |
| 5134 | DEFHOOK |
| 5135 | (set_up_by_prologue, |
| 5136 | "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\ |
| 5137 | to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.", |
| 5138 | void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *), |
| 5139 | NULL) |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a |
| 5142 | function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked' |
| 5143 | function attribute. */ |
| 5144 | DEFHOOK |
| 5145 | (warn_func_return, |
| 5146 | "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.", |
| 5147 | bool, (tree), |
| 5148 | hook_bool_tree_true) |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */ |
| 5151 | DEFHOOK |
| 5152 | (debug_unwind_info, |
| 5153 | "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\ |
| 5154 | unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\ |
| 5155 | @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\ |
| 5156 | return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\ |
| 5157 | \n\ |
| 5158 | A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\ |
| 5159 | is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\ |
| 5160 | \n\ |
| 5161 | A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\ |
| 5162 | This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.", |
| 5163 | enum unwind_info_type, (void), |
| 5164 | default_debug_unwind_info) |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 | /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not |
| 5167 | defined at this time. */ |
| 5168 | DEFHOOK |
| 5169 | (canonicalize_comparison, |
| 5170 | "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\ |
| 5171 | convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\ |
| 5172 | does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\ |
| 5173 | comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\ |
| 5174 | \n\ |
| 5175 | On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\ |
| 5176 | @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\ |
| 5177 | are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\ |
| 5178 | @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\ |
| 5179 | allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\ |
| 5180 | in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\ |
| 5181 | allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\ |
| 5182 | \n\ |
| 5183 | GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\ |
| 5184 | valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\ |
| 5185 | @file{md} file.\n\ |
| 5186 | \n\ |
| 5187 | You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\ |
| 5188 | comparison code or operands.", |
| 5189 | void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value), |
| 5190 | default_canonicalize_comparison) |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5193 | (atomic_test_and_set_trueval, |
| 5194 | "This value should be set if the result written by\ |
| 5195 | @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\ |
| 5196 | @code{bool} @code{true}.", |
| 5197 | unsigned char, 1) |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic |
| 5200 | type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden |
| 5201 | as needed. */ |
| 5202 | DEFHOOK |
| 5203 | (atomic_align_for_mode, |
| 5204 | "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\ |
| 5205 | atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\ |
| 5206 | default alignment for the specified mode is used. ", |
| 5207 | unsigned int, (enum machine_mode mode), |
| 5208 | hook_uint_mode_0) |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | DEFHOOK |
| 5211 | (atomic_assign_expand_fenv, |
| 5212 | "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\ |
| 5213 | exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\ |
| 5214 | whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \ |
| 5215 | This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\ |
| 5216 | @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\ |
| 5217 | appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\ |
| 5218 | set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\ |
| 5219 | @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\ |
| 5220 | the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\ |
| 5221 | equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\ |
| 5222 | @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\ |
| 5223 | if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\ |
| 5224 | leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\ |
| 5225 | @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\ |
| 5226 | as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.", |
| 5227 | void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update), |
| 5228 | default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv) |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */ |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section |
| 5233 | and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */ |
| 5234 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5235 | (have_switchable_bss_sections, |
| 5236 | "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\ |
| 5237 | section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\ |
| 5238 | This is true on most ELF targets.", |
| 5239 | bool, false) |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported, |
| 5242 | false if we're using collect2 for the job. */ |
| 5243 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5244 | (have_ctors_dtors, |
| 5245 | "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\ |
| 5246 | collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\ |
| 5247 | It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.", |
| 5248 | bool, false) |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */ |
| 5251 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5252 | (have_tls, |
| 5253 | "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\ |
| 5254 | The default value is false.", |
| 5255 | bool, false) |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */ |
| 5258 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5259 | (have_srodata_section, |
| 5260 | "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\ |
| 5261 | ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.", |
| 5262 | bool, false) |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 | /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */ |
| 5265 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5266 | (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info, |
| 5267 | "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\ |
| 5268 | end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\ |
| 5269 | Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\ |
| 5270 | true otherwise.", |
| 5271 | bool, true) |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */ |
| 5274 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5275 | (asm_file_start_app_off, |
| 5276 | "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\ |
| 5277 | printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\ |
| 5278 | @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\ |
| 5279 | to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\ |
| 5280 | definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\ |
| 5281 | assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\ |
| 5282 | whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\ |
| 5283 | \n\ |
| 5284 | The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\ |
| 5285 | verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\ |
| 5286 | comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.", |
| 5287 | bool, false) |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename |
| 5290 | at the beginning of assembly output. */ |
| 5291 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5292 | (asm_file_start_file_directive, |
| 5293 | "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\ |
| 5294 | for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\ |
| 5295 | @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\ |
| 5296 | this to be done. The default is false.", |
| 5297 | bool, false) |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | /* True if the target is allowed to reorder memory accesses unless |
| 5300 | synchronization is explicitly requested. */ |
| 5301 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5302 | (relaxed_ordering, |
| 5303 | "If set to @code{true}, means that the target's memory model does not\n\ |
| 5304 | guarantee that loads which do not depend on one another will access\n\ |
| 5305 | main memory in the order of the instruction stream; if ordering is\n\ |
| 5306 | important, an explicit memory barrier must be used. This is true of\n\ |
| 5307 | many recent processors which implement a policy of ``relaxed,''\n\ |
| 5308 | ``weak,'' or ``release'' memory consistency, such as Alpha, PowerPC,\n\ |
| 5309 | and ia64. The default is @code{false}.", |
| 5310 | bool, false) |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the |
| 5313 | ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */ |
| 5314 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5315 | (arm_eabi_unwinder, |
| 5316 | "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\ |
| 5317 | based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\ |
| 5318 | the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\ |
| 5319 | running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.", |
| 5320 | bool, false) |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5323 | (want_debug_pub_sections, |
| 5324 | "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\ |
| 5325 | should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\ |
| 5326 | in particular GDB does not use them.", |
| 5327 | bool, false) |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5330 | (force_at_comp_dir, |
| 5331 | "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \ |
| 5332 | compilation unit. This attribute is required for the darwin linker \ |
| 5333 | to emit debug information.", |
| 5334 | bool, false) |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5337 | (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place. \ |
| 5338 | This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.", |
| 5339 | bool, false) |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | DEFHOOKPOD |
| 5342 | (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place. \ |
| 5343 | This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.", |
| 5344 | bool, false) |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */ |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 | /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */ |
| 5349 | HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK) |